R8C/15 [RENESAS]
16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER M16C FAMILY / R8C/Tiny SERIES; 16位单片机M16C族/ R8C / Tiny系列
| 型号： | R8C/15 |
| 厂家： | 
RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP |
| 描述： | 16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER M16C FAMILY / R8C/Tiny SERIES |
| 文件： | 总277页 (文件大小：3716K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Hardware Manual
16
RENESAS 16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER
M16C FAMILY / R8C/Tiny SERIES
All information contained in these materials, including products and product specifications,
represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by
Renesas Technology Corp. without notice. Please review the latest information published
by Renesas Technology Corp. through various means, including the Renesas Technology
Corp. website (http://www.renesas.com).
Rev.2.10
Revision Date:Jan 19, 2006
www.renesas.com
Keep safety first in your circuit designs!
1.
Renesas Technology Corp. puts the maximum effort into making semiconductor products
better and more reliable, but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with
them. Trouble with semiconductors may lead to personal injury, fire or property damage.
Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs, with ap-
propriate measures such as (i) placement of substitutive, auxiliary circuits, (ii) use of non-
flammable material or (iii) prevention against any malfunction or mishap.
Notes regarding these materials
1.
These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the
Renesas Technology Corp. product best suited to the customer's application; they do not
convey any license under any intellectual property rights, or any other rights, belonging to
Renesas Technology Corp. or a third party.
2.
3.
Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, or infringement of
any third-party's rights, originating in the use of any product data, diagrams, charts, pro-
grams, algorithms, or circuit application examples contained in these materials.
All information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, pro-
grams and algorithms represents information on products at the time of publication of these
materials, and are subject to change by Renesas Technology Corp. without notice due to
product improvements or other reasons. It is therefore recommended that customers con-
tact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology Corp. product dis-
tributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein.
The information described here may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability, or other
loss rising from these inaccuracies or errors.
Please also pay attention to information published by Renesas Technology Corp. by vari-
ous means, including the Renesas Technology Corp. Semiconductor home page (http://
www.renesas.com).
4.
5.
When using any or all of the information contained in these materials, including product
data, diagrams, charts, programs, and algorithms, please be sure to evaluate all informa-
tion as a total system before making a final decision on the applicability of the information
and products. Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liabil-
ity or other loss resulting from the information contained herein.
Renesas Technology Corp. semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a
device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at
stake. Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology
Corp. product distributor when considering the use of a product contained herein for any
specific purposes, such as apparatus or systems for transportation, vehicular, medical,
aerospace, nuclear, or undersea repeater use.
6.
7.
The prior written approval of Renesas Technology Corp. is necessary to reprint or repro-
duce in whole or in part these materials.
If these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions,
they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be im-
ported into a country other than the approved destination.
Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and/
or the country of destination is prohibited.
8.
Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. for further details on these materials or the
products contained therein.
How to Use This Manual
1. Introduction
This hardware manual provides detailed information on the R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group of
microcomputers.
Users are expected to have basic knowledge of electric circuits, logical circuits and microcomputers.
2. Register Diagram
The symbols, and descriptions, used for bit function in each register are shown below.
*1
Symbol
XXX Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
*5
Address
XXX
After Reset
00h
0
XXX
Bit Symbol
XXX0
RW
RW
Bit Name
XXX Bit
Function
*2
b1 b0
1 0: XXX
0 1: XXX
1 0: Avoid this setting
1 1: XXX
XXX1
(b2)
RW
Nothing is assigned.
When write, should set to “0”. When read, its content is indeterminate.
*3
Reserved Bit
XXX Bit
Must set to “0”
RW
RW
WO
(b3)
XXX4
XXX5
*4
Function varies depending on each operation
mode
RW
RO
XXX6
XXX7
0: XXX
1: XXX
XXX Bit
*1
*2
Blank:Set to “0” or “1” according to the application
0: Set to “0”
1: Set to “1”
X: Nothing is assigned
RW: Read and write
RO: Read only
WO: Write only
−: Nothing is assigned
*3
*4
•Reserved bit
Reserved bit. Set to specified value.
•Nothing is assigned
Nothing is assigned to the bit concerned. As the bit may be use for future functions,
set to “0” when writing to this bit.
•Do not set to this value
The operation is not guaranteed when a value is set.
•Function varies depending on mode of operation
Bit function varies depending on peripheral function mode.
Refer to respective register for each mode.
*5
Follow the text in each manual for binary and hexadecimal notations.
3. M16C Family Documents
(1)
The following documents were prepared for the M16C family.
Document
Contents
Short Sheet
Hardware overview
Data Sheet
Hardware overview and electrical characteristics
Hardware specifications (pin assignments, memory maps, peripheral
specifications, electrical characteristics, timing charts).
*Refer to the application note for how to use peripheral functions.
Detailed description of assembly instructions and microcomputer
performance of each instruction
Hardware Manual
Software Manual
Application Note
• Usage and application examples of peripheral functions
• Sample programs
• Introduction to the basic functions in the M16C family
• Programming method with Assembly and C languages
RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE Preliminary report about the specification of a product, a document,
etc.
NOTES:
1. Before using this material, please visit the our website to verify that this is the most updated
document available.
Table of Contents
SFR Page Reference
1. Overview
B - 1
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Applications.................................................................................................1
Performance Overview................................................................................2
Block Diagram.............................................................................................4
Product Information.....................................................................................5
Pin Assignments..........................................................................................7
Pin Description ............................................................................................8
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
10
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3).........................................................11
Address Registers (A0 and A1).................................................................11
Frame Base Register (FB) ........................................................................11
Interrupt Table Register (INTB).................................................................11
Program Counter (PC) ..............................................................................11
User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP).....................11
Static Base Register (SB)..........................................................................11
Flag Register (FLG)...................................................................................11
Carry Flag (C).....................................................................................11
Debug Flag (D)...................................................................................11
Zero Flag (Z).......................................................................................11
Sign Flag (S).......................................................................................11
Register Bank Select Flag (B) ............................................................11
Overflow Flag (O) ...............................................................................11
Interrupt Enable Flag (I Flag)..............................................................12
Stack Pointer Select Flag (U Flag) .....................................................12
Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) ..............................................12
2.8.1
2.8.2
2.8.3
2.8.4
2.8.5
2.8.6
2.8.7
2.8.8
2.8.9
2.8.10 Reserved Bit.......................................................................................12
3. Memory
13
R8C/14 Group ...........................................................................................13
R8C/15 Group ...........................................................................................14
3.1
3.2
A - 1
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
5. Reset
15
19
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.2
Hardware Reset ........................................................................................21
When the power supply is stable........................................................21
Power on ............................................................................................21
Power-On Reset Function.........................................................................23
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset ...........................................................................24
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset............................................................................24
Watchdog Timer Reset..............................................................................24
Software Reset..........................................................................................24
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
25
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.2
6.3
Monitoring VCC Input Voltage...................................................................31
Monitoring Vdet1 ................................................................................31
Monitoring Vdet2 ................................................................................31
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset............................................................................32
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset .........................33
7. Processor Mode
35
7.1
Types of Processor Mode .........................................................................35
8. Bus
37
9. Clock Generation Circuit
38
9.1
9.2
Main Clock.................................................................................................45
On-Chip Oscillator Clock...........................................................................46
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock.................................................46
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock ................................................46
CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock................................................47
System Clock......................................................................................47
CPU Clock..........................................................................................47
Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32)......................................47
fRING and fRING128..........................................................................47
fRING-fast...........................................................................................47
fRING-S..............................................................................................47
Power Control............................................................................................48
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
9.3.6
9.4
A - 2
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.4.3
Normal Operating Mode .....................................................................48
Wait Mode ..........................................................................................49
Stop Mode ..........................................................................................51
Oscillation Stop Detection Function ..........................................................53
How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function................................53
9.5
9.5.1
10. Protection
11. Interrupt
55
56
11.1 Interrupt Overview.....................................................................................56
11.1.1 Types of Interrupts..............................................................................56
11.1.2 Software Interrupts .............................................................................57
11.1.3 Special Interrupts................................................................................58
11.1.4 Peripheral Function Interrupt..............................................................58
11.1.5 Interrupts and Interrupt Vector............................................................59
11.1.6 Interrupt Control..................................................................................61
11.2 INT Interrupt ..............................................................................................69
11.2.1 INT0 Interrupt .....................................................................................69
11.2.2 INT0 Input Filter..................................................................................70
11.2.3 INT1 Interrupt .....................................................................................71
11.2.4 INT3 Interrupt .....................................................................................72
11.3 Key Input Interrupt.....................................................................................74
11.4 Address Match Interrupt............................................................................76
12. Watchdog Timer
78
12.1 When Count Source Protection Mode Disabled........................................81
12.2 When Count Source Protection Mode Enabled.........................................82
13. Timers
83
13.1 Timer X......................................................................................................84
13.1.1 Timer Mode ........................................................................................87
13.1.2 Pulse Output Mode.............................................................................88
13.1.3 Event Counter Mode...........................................................................90
13.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode .......................................................92
13.1.5 Pulse Period Measurement Mode ......................................................95
13.2 Timer Z......................................................................................................98
13.2.1 Timer Mode ......................................................................................103
A - 3
13.2.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode....................................105
13.2.3 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode .....................................108
13.2.4 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode .............................111
13.3 Timer C....................................................................................................115
13.3.1 Input Capture Mode..........................................................................121
13.3.2 Output Compare Mode.....................................................................123
14. Serial Interface
125
14.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode .......................................................130
14.1.1 Polarity Select Function....................................................................133
14.1.2 LSB First/MSB First Select Function ................................................133
14.1.3 Continuous Receive Mode ...............................................................134
14.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode ........................................135
14.2.1 CNTR0 Pin Select Function..............................................................138
14.2.2 Bit Rate.............................................................................................139
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
140
15.1 Transfer Clock.........................................................................................149
15.1.1 Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Data .......149
15.2 SS Shift Register (SSTRSR)...................................................................151
15.2.1 Association between Data I/O Pin and SS Shift Register.................151
15.3 Interrupt Requests...................................................................................152
15.4 Communication Modes and Pin Functions..............................................153
15.5 Clock Synchronous Communication Mode .............................................154
15.5.1 Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode...............154
15.5.2 Data Transmit...................................................................................155
15.5.3 Data Receive....................................................................................157
15.5.4 Data Transmit/Receive.....................................................................159
15.6 Operation in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode......................................161
15.6.1 Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode ............................161
15.6.2 Data Transmit...................................................................................163
15.6.3 Data Receive....................................................................................165
15.6.4 SCS Pin Control and Arbitration.......................................................167
16. A/D Converter
168
16.1 One-Shot Mode.......................................................................................172
A - 4
16.2 Repeat Mode...........................................................................................174
16.3 Sample and Hold.....................................................................................176
16.4 A/D Conversion Cycles ...........................................................................176
16.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input ..............................................177
16.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit..................................................................178
17. Programmable I/O Ports
179
17.1 Functions of Programmable I/O Ports.....................................................179
17.2 Effect on Peripheral Functions ................................................................179
17.3 Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports................................................179
17.4 Port setting ..............................................................................................186
17.5 Unassigned Pin Handling........................................................................190
18. Flash Memory Version
191
18.1 Overview .................................................................................................191
18.2 Memory Map ...........................................................................................193
18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting ..............................195
18.3.1 ID Code Check Function ..................................................................195
18.3.2 ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................196
18.4 CPU Rewrite Mode..................................................................................197
18.4.1 EW0 Mode........................................................................................198
18.4.2 EW1 Mode........................................................................................198
18.4.3 Software Commands........................................................................205
18.4.4 Status Register.................................................................................209
18.4.5 Full Status Check .............................................................................210
18.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode........................................................................212
18.5.1 ID Code Check Function ..................................................................212
18.6 Parallel I/O Mode.....................................................................................216
18.6.1 ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................216
19. Electrical Characteristics
20. Precautions
217
235
20.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode......................................................................235
20.1.1 Stop Mode ........................................................................................235
20.1.2 Wait Mode ........................................................................................235
20.2 Interrupts .................................................................................................236
A - 5
20.2.1 Reading Address 00000h.................................................................236
20.2.2 SP Setting.........................................................................................236
20.2.3 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt ........................................236
20.2.4 Watchdog Timer Interrupt.................................................................236
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.................................................................237
20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register.................................................238
20.3 Clock Generation Circuit .........................................................................239
20.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function..................................................239
20.3.2 Oscillation Circuit Constants.............................................................239
20.4 Timers .....................................................................................................240
20.4.1 Timers X and Z.................................................................................240
20.4.2 Timer X.............................................................................................240
20.4.3 Timer Z .............................................................................................241
20.4.4 Timer C.............................................................................................241
20.5 Serial Interface ........................................................................................242
20.6 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select............................243
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU ...........................................243
20.7 A/D Converter..........................................................................................244
20.8 Flash Memory Version ............................................................................245
20.8.1 CPU Rewrite Mode...........................................................................245
20.9 Noise .......................................................................................................248
20.9.1 Insert a bypass capacitor between VCC and VSS pins as the
countermeasures against noise and latch-up...................................248
20.9.2 Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers.....248
21. Precaution for On-chip Debugger
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
249
250
Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator
251
252
253
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Register Index
A - 6
SFR Page Reference
Address
0000h
0001h
0002h
0003h
0004h
0005h
0006h
0007h
0008h
0009h
000Ah
000Bh
000Ch
000Dh
000Eh
000Fh
0010h
0011h
0012h
0013h
0014h
0015h
0016h
0017h
0018h
0019h
001Ah
001Bh
001Ch
001Dh
001Eh
Register
Symbol
Page
Address
0040h
0041h
0042h
0043h
0044h
0045h
0046h
0047h
0048h
0049h
004Ah
004Bh
004Ch
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0053h
0054h
0055h
0056h
0057h
0058h
0059h
Register
Symbol
Page
Processor Mode Register 0
Processor Mode Register 1
System Clock Control Register 0
System Clock Control Register 1
PM0
35
36
40
41
PM1
CM0
CM1
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
Protect Register
AIER
PRCR
77
55
Oscillation Stop Detection Register
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
Watchdog Timer Start Register
Watchdog Timer Control Register
Address Match Interrupt Register 0
OCD
42
80
80
79
77
WDTR
WDTS
WDC
Key Input Interrupt Control Register
A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register
SSU Interrupt Control Register
Compare 1 Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Receive Interrupt Control Register
KUPIC
ADIC
SSUAIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
61
61
61
61
61
61
RMAD0
S0RIC
Address Match Interrupt Register 1
RMAD1
77
Timer X Interrupt Control Register
TXIC
61
Timer Z Interrupt Control Register
INT1 Interrupt Control Register
TZIC
INT1IC
61
61
005Ah
INT3IC
61
INT3 Interrupt Control Register
Timer C Interrupt Control Register
Compare 0 Interrupt Control Register
005Bh
005Ch
005Dh
TCIC
CMP0IC
INT0IC
61
61
62
Count Source Protection Mode Register
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
CSPR
INT0F
80
69
INT0 Interrupt Control Register
005Eh
005Fh
0060h
0061h
0062h
0063h
0064h
0065h
0066h
0067h
0068h
0069h
006Ah
006Bh
006Ch
006Dh
006Eh
006Fh
0070h
0071h
0072h
0073h
0074h
0075h
0076h
0077h
0078h
0079h
007Ah
007Bh
007Ch
007Dh
007Eh
007Fh
001Fh
0020h
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 0
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 1
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 2
HRA0
HRA1
HRA2
43
44
44
0021h
0022h
0023h
0024h
0025h
0026h
0027h
0028h
0029h
002Ah
002Bh
002Ch
002Dh
002Eh
002Fh
0030h
0031h
0032h
0033h
0034h
0035h
0036h
0037h
0038h
0039h
003Ah
003Bh
003Ch
003Dh
003Eh
003Fh
VCA1
VCA2
28
28
Voltage Detection Register 1
Voltage Detection Register 2
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register
VW1C
VW2C
29
30
NOTES:
1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is
allowed.
B - 1
Address Register
Timer Z Mode Register
Symbol
TZMR
Page
99
Address Register
A/D Register
Symbol
AD
Page
171
0080h
0081h
0082h
0083h
0084h
0085h
0086h
0087h
0088h
0089h
008Ah
008Bh
008Ch
008Dh
008Eh
008Fh
0090h
0091h
0092h
0093h
0094h
0095h
0096h
0097h
0098h
0099h
009Ah
009Bh
009Ch
009Dh
009Eh
009Fh
00A0h
00A1h
00A2h
00A3h
00A4h
00A5h
00A6h
00A7h
00A8h
00A9h
00AAh
00ABh
00ACh
00ADh
00AEh
00AFh
00B0h
00B1h
00B2h
00B3h
00B4h
00B5h
00B6h
00B7h
00B8h
00B9h
00BAh
00BBh
00BCh
00BDh
00BEh
00BFh
00C0h
00C1h
00C2h
00C3h
00C4h
00C5h
00C6h
00C7h
00C8h
00C9h
00CAh
00CBh
00CCh
00CDh
00CEh
00CFh
00D0h
00D1h
00D2h
00D3h
00D4h
00D5h
00D6h
00D7h
00D8h
00D9h
00DAh
00DBh
00DCh
00DDh
00DEh
00DFh
00E0h
00E1h
00E2h
00E3h
00E4h
00E5h
00E6h
00E7h
00E8h
00E9h
00EAh
00EBh
00ECh
00EDh
00EEh
00EFh
00F0h
00F1h
00F2h
00F3h
00F4h
00F5h
00F6h
00F7h
00F8h
00F9h
00FAh
00FBh
00FCh
00FDh
00FEh
00FFh
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
Prescaler Z
Timer Z Secondary
PUM
101
100
100
100
PREZ
TZSC
TZPR
Timer Z Primary
Timer Z Output Control Register
Timer X Mode Register
Prescaler X
TZOC
TXMR
PREX
TX
101
85
86
86
86,102
Timer X
Timer Count Source Set Register
TCSS
Timer C
TC
117
A/D Control Register 2
ADCON2
171
External Input Enable Register
Key Input Enable Register
INTEN
KIEN
69
75
A/D Control Register 0
A/D Control Register 1
ADCON0
ADCON1
170
170
Timer C Control Register 0
Timer C Control Register 1
Capture, Compare 0 Register
TCC0
TCC1
TM0
118
119
117
Compare 1 Register
TM1
117
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register
UART0 Bit Rate Register
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register
U0MR
U0BRG
U0TB
128
127
127
Port P1 Register
P1
184
184
184
Port P1 Direction Register
Port P3 Register
PD1
P3
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 U0C0
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 U0C1
UART0 Receive Buffer Register
128
129
127
U0RB
Port P3 Direction Register
Port P4 Register
PD3
P4
184
184
Port P4 Direction Register
PD4
184
UART Transmit/Receive Control Register 2
UCON
129
SS Control Register H
SS Control Register L
SS Mode Register
SS Enable Register
SS Status Register
SS Mode Register 2
SS Transmit Data Register
SS Receive Data Register
SSCRH
SSCRL
SSMR
SSER
SSSR
SSMR2
SSTDR
SSRDR
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
148
Pull-Up Control Register 0
Pull-Up Control Register 1
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
Timer C Output Control Register
PUR0
PUR1
DRR
185
185
185
120
TCOUT
NOTES:
01B3h
01B4h
01B5h
01B6h
01B7h
Flash Memory Control Register 4
Flash Memory Control Register 1
Flash Memory Control Register 0
FMR4
FMR1
FMR0
OFS
201
201
1. Blank columns, 0100h to 01AFh and 01C0h to 02FFh are
all reserved. No access is allowed.
200
0FFFFh Optional Function Select Register
79,196
B - 2
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
REJ09B0164-0210
Rev.2.10
Jan 19, 2006
1. Overview
This MCU is built using the high-performance silicon gate CMOS process using a R8C/Tiny Series CPU
core and is packaged in a 20-pin plastic molded LSSOP. This MCU operates using sophisticated
instructions featuring a high level of instruction efficiency. With 1 Mbyte of address space, it is capable of
executing instructions at high speed.
Furthermore, the data flash ROM (1KB × 2blocks) is embedded in the R8C/15 group.
The difference between R8C/14 and R8C/15 groups is only the existence of the data flash ROM. Their
peripheral functions are the same.
1.1
Applications
Electric household appliance, office equipment, housing equipment (sensor, security), general industrial
equipment, audio, etc.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 1 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
1.2
Performance Overview
Table 1.1 lists the Performance Outline of the R8C/14 Group and Table 1.2 lists the Performance Outline
of the R8C/15 Group.
Table 1.1
Performance Outline of the R8C/14 Group
Item
Performance
CPU
Number of Basic Instructions 89 instructions
Minimum Instruction
Execution Time
Operating Mode
Memory Space
Memory Capacity
Port
50ns(f(XIN)=20MHz, VCC=3.0 to 5.5V)
100ns(f(XIN)=10MHz, VCC=2.7 to 5.5V)
Single-chip
1 Mbyte
See Table 1.3 R8C/14 Group Product Information
I/O port : 13 pins (including LED drive port),
Input : 2 pins
Peripheral
Function
LED Drive Port
Timer
I/O port: 4 pins
Timer X: 8 bits × 1 channel, Timer Z: 8 bits × 1 channel
(Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler)
Timer C: 16 bits × 1 channel
(Circuits of input capture and output compare)
1 channel
Serial Interface
Clock synchronous serial I/O, UART
1 channel
Chip-Select Clock
Synchronous Serial I/O
(SSU)
A/D Converter
Watchdog Timer
10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 4 channels
15 bits ×1 channel (with prescaler)
Reset start selectable, Count source protection mode
Internal: 9 factors, External: 4 factors, Software: 4 factors,
Priority level: 7 levels
Interrupt
Clock Generation Circuit
2 circuits
• Main clock oscillation circuit (Equipped with a built-in
feedback resistor)
• On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed)
Equipped with frequency adjustment function on high-
speed on-chip oscillator
Oscillation Stop Detection
Function
Main clock oscillation stop detection function
Voltage Detection Circuit
Power-On Reset Circuit
Supply Voltage
Included
Included
Electric
Characteristics
VCC=3.0 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=20MHz)
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=10MHz)
Typ. 9mA (VCC=5.0V, f(XIN)=20MHz)
Typ. 5mA (VCC=3.0V, f(XIN)=10MHz)
Typ. 35µA (VCC=3.0V, wait mode, peripheral clock off)
Typ. 0.7µA (VCC=3.0V, stop mode)
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V
Power Consumption
Flash Memory Program/Erase Supply
Voltage
Program/Erase Endurance
Operating Ambient Temperature
100 times
-20 to 85°C
-40 to 85°C (D Version)
20-pin plastic mold LSSOP
Package
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 2 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
Table 1.2
Performance Outline of the R8C/15 Group
Item
Performance
CPU
Number of Basic Instructions 89 instructions
Minimum Instruction
Execution Time
Operating Mode
Memory Space
Memory Capacity
Port
50ns (f(XIN)=20MHz, VCC=3.0 to 5.5V)
100ns (f(XIN)=10MHz, VCC=2.7 to 5.5V)
Single-chip
1 Mbyte
See Table 1.4 R8C/15 Group Product Information
I/O : 13 pins (including LED drive port),
Input : 2 pins
Peripheral
Function
LED drive port
Timer
I/O port: 4 pins
Timer X: 8 bits × 1 channel, Timer Z: 8 bits × 1 channel
(Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler)
Timer C: 16 bits × 1 channel
(Circuits of input capture and output compare)
1 channel
Serial Interface
Clock synchronous serial I/O, UART
1 channel
Chip-select clock
synchronous serial I/O (SSU)
A/D Converter
Watchdog Timer
10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 4 channels
15 bits × 1 channel (with prescaler)
Reset start selectable, Count source protection mode
Internal: 9 factors, External: 4 factors, Software: 4 factors
Priority level: 7 levels
Interrupt
Clock Generation Circuit
2 circuits
• Main clock generation circuit (Equipped with a built-in
feedback resistor)
• On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed)
Equipped with frequency adjustment function on high-
speed on-chip oscillator
Oscillation Stop Detection
Function
Main clock oscillation stop detection function
Voltage Detection Circuit
Power on Reset Circuit
Supply Voltage
Included
Included
Electric
Characteristics
VCC=3.0 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=20MHz)
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=10MHz)
Typ. 9mA (VCC=5.0V, f(XIN)=20MHz)
Typ. 5mA (VCC=3.0V, f(XIN)=10MHz)
Typ. 35µA (VCC=3.0V, wait mode, peripheral clock off)
Typ. 0.7µA (VCC=3.0V, stop mode)
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V
Power Consumption
Flash Memory Program/Erase Supply
Voltage
Program/Erase Endurance
10,000 times (Data flash)
1,000 times (Program ROM)
-20 to 85°C
-40 to 85°C (D Version)
20-pin plastic mold LSSOP
Operating Ambient Temperature
Package
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 3 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 1.1 shows a Block Diagram.
8
1
2
4
I/O port
Port P1
Port P3
Port P4
Peripheral Function
System Clock Generator
A/D Converter
(10 bits × 4 channels)
Timer
XIN-XOUT
High-Speed On-Chip
Oscillator
Low-Speed On-Chip
Oscillator
Timer X (8 bits)
Timer Z (8 bits)
Timer C (16 bits)
UART or
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O
(8 bits × 1 channel)
Chip-Select Clock
Synchronous Serial I/O
(8 bits × 1 channel)
Watchdog Timer
(15 bits)
Memory
R8C/Tiny Series CPU Core
ROM(1)
R0H
R1H
R0L
R1L
SB
USP
ISP
INTB
PC
FLG
R2
R3
RAM(2)
A0
A1
FB
Multiplier
NOTES:
1. ROM size depends on MCU type.
2. RAM size depends on MCU type.
Figure 1.1
Block Diagram
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 4 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
1.4
Product Information
Table 1.3 lists the Product Information of R8C/14 Group and Table 1.4 lists the Product Information of
R8C/15 Group.
Table 1.3
Product Information of R8C/14 Group
ROM capacity RAM capacity Package type
As of Jan 2006
Remarks
Type No.
R5F21142SP
R5F21143SP
R5F21144SP
R5F21142DSP
R5F21143DSP
R5F21144DSP
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
PLSP0020JB-A Flash memory version
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
PLSP0020JB-A D version
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
Type No. R 5 F 21 14 4 D SP
Package type:
SP : PLSP0020JB-A
Grouping
D : Operating Ambient Temperature -40°C to 85°C
No Symbol : Operating Ambient Temperature -20°C to 85°C
ROM capacity
2 : 8KB
3 : 12KB
4 : 16KB
R8C/14 Group
R8C/Tiny Series
Memory Type
F : Flash Memory Version
Renesas MCU
Renesas Semiconductors
Figure 1.2
Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/14 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 5 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
Table 1.4
Type No.
Product Information of R8C/15 Group
As of Jan 2006
ROM capacity
RAM
Package type
Remarks
capacity
Program ROM Data flash
R5F21152SP
R5F21153SP
R5F21154SP
R5F21152DSP
R5F21153DSP
R5F21154DSP
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2 512 bytes
1 Kbyte × 2 768 bytes
1 Kbyte × 2 1 Kbyte
1 Kbyte × 2 512 bytes
1 Kbyte × 2 768 bytes
1 Kbyte × 2 1 Kbyte
PLSP0020JB-A Flash memory version
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A D version
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
Type No. R 5 F 21 15 4 D SP
Package type:
SP : PLSP0020JB-A
Grouping
D : Operating Ambient Temperature -40°C to 85°C
No Symbol : Operating Ambient Temperature -20°C to 85°C
ROM Capacity
2 : 8KB
3 : 12KB
4 : 16KB
R8C/15 Group
R8C/Tiny Series
Memory Type
F : Flash Memory Version
Renesas MCU
Renesas Semiconductors
Figure 1.3
Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/15 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 6 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
1.5
Pin Assignments
Figure 1.4 shows the PLSP0020JB-A Package Pin Assignment (top view).
PIN Assignment (top view)
P3_5/SSCK/CMP1_2
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
P3_4/SCS/CMP1_1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P3_3/TCIN/INT3/SSI/CMP1_0
P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0
P1_1/KI1/AN9/CMP0_1
AVCC/VREF
P3_7/CNTR0/SSO
RESET
XOUT/P4_7(1)
VSS/AVSS
XIN/P4_6
P1_2/KI2/AN10/CMP0_2
P1_3/KI3/AN11/TZOUT
P1_4/TXD0
VCC
MODE
P4_5/INT0
P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
P1_6/CLK0
P1_7/CNTR00/INT10
NOTES:
1. P4_7 is a port for the input.
Package: PLSP0020JB-A(20P2F-A)
Figure 1.4
PLSP0020JB-A Package Pin Assignment (top view)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 7 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
1.6
Pin Description
Table 1.5 lists the Pin Description and Table 1.6 lists the Pin Name Information by Pin Number.
Table 1.5
Function
Power Supply Input
Pin Description
Pin name
I/O type
I
Description
VCC
VSS
Apply 2.7V to 5.5V to the VCC pin. Apply 0V to
the VSS pin
Analog Power Supply AVCC
I
Power supply input pins to A/D converter.
Connect AVCC to VCC. Apply 0V to AVSS.
Connect a capacitor between AVCC and AVSS.
Input
AVSS
Reset Input
RESET
MODE
XIN
I
I
Input “L” on this pin resets the MCU
Connect this pin to VCC via a resistor
MODE
Main Clock Input
Main Clock Output
I
These pins are provided for the main clock
generation circuit I/O. Connect a ceramic
resonator or a crystal oscillator between the XIN
and XOUT pins. To use an externally derived
clock, input it to the XIN pin and leave the XOUT
pin open.
XOUT
O
INT Interrupt
Key Input Interrupt
Timer X
INT0, INT1, INT3
KI0 to KI3
CNTR0
I
I
INT interrupt input pins
Key input interrupt input pins
Timer X I/O pin
I/O
O
O
I
CNTR0
Timer X output pin.
Timer Z output pin
Timer Z
Timer C
TZOUT
TCIN
Timer C input pin
CMP0_0 to CMP0_2,
CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
O
Timer C output pins.
Serial Interface
SSU
CLK0
RXD0
TXD0
SSI
I/O
I
Transfer clock I/O pin.
Serial data input pin.
Serial data output pin.
Data I/O pin.
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
SCS
Chip-select signal I/O pin.
Clock I/O pin.
SSCK
SSO
Data I/O pin.
Reference Voltage
Input
VREF
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter
Connect VREF to VCC
A/D Converter
I/O Port
AN8 to AN11
I
Analog input pins to A/D converter
P1_0 to P1_7, P3_3
to P3_5, P3_7, P4_5
I/O
These are CMOS I/O ports. Each port contains
an I/O select direction register, allowing each pin
in that port to be directed for input or output
individually.
Any port set to input can select whether to use a
pull-up resistor or not by program.
P1_0 to P1_3 also function as LED drive ports.
Input Port
P4_6, P4_7
I
Port for input-only
I: Input
O: Output
I/O: Input and output
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 8 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
1.Overview
Table 1.6
Pin Name Information by Pin Number
I/O Pin of Peripheral Function
Clock
Synchronous
Pin
Number
Control
Pin
Port
Serial
A/D
Interrupt
Timer
Interface Serial I/O with Converter
Chip Select
SSCK
1
2
P3_5
P3_7
CMP1_2
CNTR0
SSO
3
RESET
XOUT
4
5
6
7
8
9
P4_7
P4_6
VSS/AVSS
XIN
VCC
MODE
P4_5
P1_7
INT0
10
CNTR00
CNTR01
INT10
11
12
P1_6
P1_5
CLK0
RXD0
INT11
13
14
P1_4
P1_3
TXD0
TZOUT
AN11
KI3
KI2
15
P1_2
CMP0_2
AN10
16
17
AVCC/VREF
P1_1
P1_0
P3_3
P3_4
CMP0_1
CMP0_0
AN9
KI1
KI0
18
19
20
AN8
TCIN/CMP1_0
CMP1_1
SSI
INT3
SCS
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 9 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Figure 2.1 shows the CPU Register. The CPU contains 13 registers. Of these, R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1 and
FB comprise a register bank. Two sets of register banks are provided.
b31
b15
b8b7
b0
R0H (high-order of R0) R0L (low-order of R0)
R1H (high-order of R1) R1L (low-order of R1)
R2
R2
R3
Data Registers (1)
R3
A0
Address Registers (1)
A1
FB
Frame Bass Register (1)
b19
b15
b0
Interrupt Table Register
Program Counter
INTBH
INTBL
The 4-high order bits of INTB are INTBH and
the 16-low bits of INTB are INTBL.
b19
b0
PC
b15
b0
User Stack Pointer
Interrupt Stack Pointer
Static Base Register
USP
ISP
SB
b15
b0
b0
Flag Register
FLG
b15
b8
b7
IPL
U I O B S Z D C
Carry Flag
Debug Flag
Zero Flag
Sign Flag
Register Bank Select Flag
Overflow Flag
Interrupt Enable Flag
Stack Pointer Select Flag
Reserved Bit
Processor Interrupt Priority Level
Reserved Bit
NOTES:
1. A register bank comprises these registers. Two sets of register banks are provided
Figure 2.1
CPU Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 10 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.1
Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3)
R0 is a 16-bit register for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to R1 to R3. The
R0 can be split into high-order bit (R0H) and low-order bit (R0L) to be used separately as 8-bit data
registers. The same applies to R1H and R1L as R0H and R0L. R2 can be combined with R0 to be used
as a 32-bit data register (R2R0). The same applies to R3R1 as R2R0.
2.2
Address Registers (A0 and A1)
A0 is a 16-bit register for address register indirect addressing and address register relative addressing.
They also are used for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to A1 as A0. A0 can
be combined with A0 to be used as a 32-bit address register (A1A0).
2.3
Frame Base Register (FB)
FB is a 16-bit register for FB relative addressing.
2.4
Interrupt Table Register (INTB)
INTB is a 20-bit register indicates the start address of an interrupt vector table.
2.5
Program Counter (PC)
PC, 20 bits wide, indicates the address of an instruction to be executed.
2.6
User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP)
The stack pointer (SP), USP and ISP, are 16 bits wide each. The U flag of FLG is used to switch
between USP and ISP.
2.7
Static Base Register (SB)
SB is a 16-bit register for SB relative addressing.
2.8
Flag Register (FLG)
FLG is a 11-bit register indicating the CPU state.
2.8.1
Carry Flag (C)
The C flag retains a carry, borrow, or shift-out bit that has occurred in the arithmetic logic unit.
2.8.2
Debug Flag (D)
The D flag is for debug only. Set to “0”.
2.8.3
Zero Flag (Z)
The Z flag is set to “1” when an arithmetic operation resulted in 0; otherwise, “0”.
2.8.4
Sign Flag (S)
The S flag is set to “1” when an arithmetic operation resulted in a negative value; otherwise, “0”.
2.8.5
Register Bank Select Flag (B)
The register bank 0 is selected when the B flag is “0”. The register bank 1 is selected when this flag is set
to “1”.
2.8.6
Overflow Flag (O)
The O flag is set to “1” when the operation resulted in an overflow; otherwise, “0”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 11 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.8.7
Interrupt Enable Flag (I Flag)
The I flag enables a maskable interrupt.
An interrupt is disabled when the I flag is set to “0”, and are enabled when the I flag is set to “1”. The I
flag is set to “0” when an interrupt request is acknowledged.
2.8.8
Stack Pointer Select Flag (U Flag)
ISP is selected when the U flag is set to “0”, USP is selected when the U flag is set to “1”.
The U flag is set to “0” when a hardware interrupt request is acknowledged or the INT instruction of
software interrupt numbers 0 to 31 is executed.
2.8.9
Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL)
IPL, 3 bits wide, assigns processor interrupt priority levels from level 0 to level 7.
If a requested interrupt has greater priority than IPL, the interrupt is enabled.
2.8.10 Reserved Bit
When write to this bit, set to “0”. When read, its content is indeterminate.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 12 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
3.Memory
3. Memory
3.1
R8C/14 Group
Figure 3.1 is a Memory Map of R8C/14 Group. The R8C/14 group provides 1-Mbyte address space from
addresses 00000h to FFFFFh.
The internal ROM is allocated lower addresses beginning with address 0FFFFh. For example, a 16-
Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 0C000h to 0FFFFh.
The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting
address of each interrupt routine.
The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 1-
Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 007FFh. The internal RAM is used not only for
storing data but for calling subroutines and stacks when interrupt request is acknowledged.
Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh. The peripheral function
control registers are allocated them. All addresses, which have nothing allocated within the SFR, are
reserved area and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(See 4. Special Function
Register (SFR))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh
0FFDCh
Undefined Instruction
Overflow
BRK Instruction
Address Match
Single Step
Watchdog Timer•Oscillation Stop Detection•Voltage Monitor 2
0YYYYh
Address Break
(Reserved)
Reset
Internal ROM
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
FFFFFh
Expansion Area
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Internal ROM
Internal RAM
Part Number
Size
0YYYYh
0C000h
0D000h
0E000h
Size
0XXXXh
007FFh
006FFh
005FFh
R5F21144SP, R5F21144DSP
R5F21143SP, R5F21143DSP
R5F21142SP, R5F21142DSP
16 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
1 Kbytes
768 bytes
512 bytes
Figure 3.1
Memory Map of R8C/14 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 13 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
3.Memory
3.2
R8C/15 Group
Figure 3.2 is a Memory Map of R8C/15 Group. The R8C/15 group provides 1-Mbyte address space from
addresses 00000h to FFFFFh.
The internal ROM (program ROM) is allocated lower addresses beginning with address 0FFFFh. For
example, a 16-Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 0C000h to 0FFFFh.
The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting
address of each interrupt routine.
The internal ROM (data flash) is allocated addresses 02400h to 02BFFh.
The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 1-
Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 007FFh. The internal RAM is used not only for
storing data but for calling subroutines and stacks when interrupt request is acknowledged.
Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh. The peripheral function
control registers are allocated them. All addresses, which have nothing allocated within the SFR, are
reserved area and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(See 4. Special Function
Register (SFR))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh
02400h
Internal ROM
0FFDCh
(Data Flash)(1)
Undefined Instruction
02BFFh
Overflow
BRK Instruction
Address Match
Single Step
Watchdog Timer • Oscillation Stop Detection • Voltage Monitor 2
0YYYYh
Address Break
Internal ROM
(Reserved)
(Program ROM)
Reset
0FFFFh
FFFFFh
0FFFFh
Expansion Area
NOTES:
1. The data flash block A (1 Kbyte) and block B (1 Kbyte) are shown.
2. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Internal ROM
Part Number
Internal RAM
Size
0YYYYh
0C000h
0D000h
0E000h
Size
0XXXXh
007FFh
006FFh
005FFh
R5F21154SP, R5F21154DSP
R5F21153SP, R5F21153DSP
R5F21152SP, R5F21152DSP
16K bytes
12K bytes
8K bytes
1K byte
768 bytes
512 bytes
Figure 3.2
Memory Map of R8C/15 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 14 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR (Special Function Register) is the control register of peripheral functions. Tables 4.1 to 4.4 list the SFR
information.
Table 4.1
(1)
SFR Information(1)
Address
0000h
0001h
0002h
0003h
0004h
0005h
0006h
0007h
0008h
0009h
000Ah
000Bh
000Ch
000Dh
000Eh
000Fh
0010h
0011h
0012h
0013h
0014h
0015h
0016h
0017h
0018h
0019h
001Ah
001Bh
001Ch
001Dh
001Eh
Register
Symbol
After reset
Processor Mode Register 0
Processor Mode Register 1
System Clock Control Register 0
System Clock Control Register 1
PM0
PM1
CM0
CM1
00h
00h
01101000b
00100000b
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
Protect Register
AIER
PRCR
00h
00h
Oscillation Stop Detection Register
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
Watchdog Timer Start Register
Watchdog Timer Control Register
Address Match Interrupt Register 0
OCD
00000100b
XXh
WDTR
WDTS
WDC
XXh
00011111b
00h
RMAD0
00h
X0h
Address Match Interrupt Register 1
RMAD1
00h
00h
X0h
Count Source Protection Mode Register
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
CSPR
INT0F
00h
00h
001Fh
0020h
0021h
0022h
0023h
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2
HRA0
HRA1
HRA2
00h
When shipping
00h
002Ah
002Bh
002Ch
002Dh
002Eh
002Fh
0030h
0031h
0032h
(2)
VCA1
VCA2
00001000b
Voltage Detection Register 1
(2)
(3)
Voltage Detection Register 2
00h
(4)
01000000b
0033h
0034h
0035h
0036h
(2)
(3)
VW1C
VW2C
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register
0000X000b
(4)
0100X001b
00h
(5)
0037h
0038h
0039h
003Ah
003Bh
003Ch
003Dh
003Eh
003Fh
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
2. Software reset, the watchdog timer reset or the voltage monitor 2 reset does not affect this register.
3. Owing to Hardware reset.
4. Owing to Power-on reset or the voltage monitor 1 reset.
5. Software reset, the watchdog timer reset or the voltage monitor 2 reset does not affect the b2 and b3.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 15 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
(1)
Table 4.2
SFR Information(2)
Address
0040h
0041h
0042h
0043h
0044h
0045h
0046h
0047h
0048h
0049h
004Ah
004Bh
004Ch
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0053h
0054h
0055h
0056h
0057h
0058h
0059h
Register
Symbol
After reset
Key Input Interrupt Control Register
KUPIC
ADIC
SSUAIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register
SSU Interrupt Control Register
Compare 1 Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Receive Interrupt Control Register
S0RIC
Timer X Interrupt Control Register
TXIC
XXXXX000b
Timer Z Interrupt Control Register
INT1 Interrupt Control Register
TZIC
INT1IC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
005Ah
INT3IC
XXXXX000b
INT3 Interrupt Control Register
005Bh
005Ch
005Dh
Timer C Interrupt Control Register
Compare 0 Interrupt Control Register
TCIC
CMP0IC
INT0IC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XX00X000b
INT0 Interrupt Control Register
005Eh
005Fh
0060h
0061h
0062h
0063h
0064h
0065h
0066h
0067h
0068h
0069h
006Ah
006Bh
006Ch
006Dh
006Eh
006Fh
0070h
0071h
0072h
0073h
0074h
0075h
0076h
0077h
0078h
0079h
007Ah
007Bh
007Ch
007Dh
007Eh
007Fh
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 16 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
(1)
Table 4.3
SFR Information(3)
Address
0080h
0081h
0082h
0083h
0084h
0085h
0086h
0087h
0088h
0089h
008Ah
008Bh
008Ch
008Dh
008Eh
008Fh
0090h
0091h
0092h
0093h
0094h
0095h
0096h
0097h
0098h
0099h
009Ah
009Bh
009Ch
009Dh
009Eh
009Fh
00A0h
00A1h
00A2h
00A3h
00A4h
00A5h
00A6h
00A7h
00A8h
00A9h
00AAh
00ABh
00ACh
00ADh
00AEh
00AFh
00B0h
00B1h
00B2h
00B3h
00B4h
00B5h
00B6h
00B7h
00B8h
00B9h
00BAh
00BBh
00BCh
00BDh
00BEh
00BFh
Register
Timer Z Mode Register
Symbol
TZMR
After reset
00h
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
Prescaler Z Register
Timer Z Secondary Register
Timer Z Primary Register
PUM
00h
FFh
FFh
FFh
PREZ
TZSC
TZPR
Timer Z Output Control Register
Timer X Mode Register
Prescaler X Register
Timer X Register
Timer Count Source Setting Register
TZOC
TXMR
PREX
TX
00h
00h
FFh
FFh
00h
TCSS
Timer C Register
TC
00h
00h
External Input Enable Register
Key Input Enable Register
INTEN
KIEN
00h
00h
Timer C Control Register 0
Timer C Control Register 1
Capture, Compare 0 Register
TCC0
TCC1
TM0
00h
00h
00h
(2)
00h
Compare 1 Register
TM1
FFh
FFh
00h
XXh
XXh
XXh
00001000b
00000010b
XXh
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register
UART0 Bit Rate Register
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register
U0MR
U0BRG
U0TB
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1
UART0 Receive Buffer Register
U0C0
U0C1
U0RB
XXh
UART Transmit/Receive Control Register 2
UCON
00h
SS Control Register H
SS Control Register L
SS Mode Register
SS Enable Register
SS Status Register
SS Mode Register 2
SS Transmit Data Register
SS Receive Data Register
SSCRH
SSCRL
SSMR
SSER
SSSR
SSMR2
SSTDR
SSRDR
00h
7Dh
18h
00h
00h
00h
FFh
FFh
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
2. When output compare mode (the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register = 1) is selected, the value after reset is “FFFFh”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 17 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
(1)
Table 4.4
SFR Information(4)
Address
00C0h
00C1h
00C2h
00C3h
00C4h
00C5h
00C6h
00C7h
00C8h
00C9h
00CAh
00CBh
00CCh
00CDh
00CEh
00CFh
00D0h
00D1h
00D2h
00D3h
00D4h
00D5h
00D6h
00D7h
00D8h
00D9h
00DAh
00DBh
00DCh
00DDh
00DEh
00DFh
00E0h
00E1h
00E2h
00E3h
00E4h
00E5h
00E6h
00E7h
00E8h
00E9h
00EAh
00EBh
00ECh
00EDh
00EEh
00EFh
00F0h
00F1h
00F2h
00F3h
00F4h
00F5h
00F6h
00F7h
00F8h
00F9h
00FAh
00FBh
00FCh
00FDh
00FEh
00FFh
Register
A/D Register
Symbol
AD
After reset
XXh
XXh
A/D Control Register 2
ADCON2
00h
A/D Control Register 0
A/D Control Register 1
ADCON0
ADCON1
00000XXXb
00h
Port P1 Register
P1
XXh
00h
XXh
Port P1 Direction Register
Port P3 Register
PD1
P3
Port P3 Direction Register
Port P4 Register
PD3
P4
00h
XXh
Port P4 Direction Register
PD4
00h
Pull-Up Control Register 0
Pull-Up Control Register 1
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
Timer C Output Control Register
PUR0
PUR1
DRR
00XX0000b
XXXXXX0Xb
00h
TCOUT
00h
01B3h
01B4h
01B5h
01B6h
01B7h
Flash Memory Control Register 4
Flash Memory Control Register 1
Flash Memory Control Register 0
Optional Function Select Register
FMR4
FMR1
FMR0
OFS
01000000b
1000000Xb
00000001b
(2)
0FFFFh
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank columns, 0100h to 01B2h and 01B8h to 02FFh are all reserved. No access is allowed.
2. The OFS register cannot be changed by program. Use a flash programmer to write to it.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 18 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
5. Reset
There are resets: hardware reset, power-on reset, voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 reset,
watchdog timer reset and software reset. Table 5.1 lists the Reset Name and Factor.
Table 5.1
Reset Name and Factor
Reset Name
Factor
Hardware Reset
Input voltage of RESET pin is held “L”
VCC rises
Power-On Reset
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Watchdog Timer Reset
Software Reset
VCC falls (monitor voltage : Vdet1)
VCC falls (monitor voltage : Vdet2)
Underflow of watchdog timer
Write “1” to PM03 bit in PM0 register
Hardware Reset
RESET
VCC
SFR
VCA26,
VW1C0 and
VW1C6 bits
Power-On Reset
Power-On
Reset Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
SFR
VCA13, VCA27,
VW1C1, VW1C2,
VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C7,
VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits
Voltage
Detection
Circuit
Watchdog Timer
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Pin, CPU and
SFR other than
above
CPU
Software Reset
VCA13 : Bit in VCA1 register
VCA26, VCA27 : Bits in VCA2 register
VW1C0 to VW1C2, VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C register
VW2C2, VW2C3 bits : Bits in VW2C register
Figure 5.1
Block Diagram of Reset Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 19 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
Table 5.2 shows the Pin Status after Reset, Figure 5.2 shows CPU Register Status after Reset and
Figure 5.3 shows Reset Sequence.
Table 5.2
Pin Status after Reset
Pin Name
Pin Status
P1
Input Port
Input Port
Input Port
P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7
P4_5 to P4_7
b15
b0
0000h
Data Register(R0)
0000h
0000h
Data Register(R1)
Data Register(R2)
Data Register(R3)
0000h
0000h
0000h
0000h
Address Register(A0)
Address Register(A1)
Frame Base Register(FB)
b19
b0
00000h
Content of addresses 0FFFEh to 0FFFCh
Interrupt Table register(INTB)
Program Counter(PC)
b15
b0
User Stack Pointer(USP)
Interrupt Stack Pointer(ISP)
Static Base Register(SB)
0000h
0000h
0000h
b15
b0
b0
Flag Register(FLG)
0000h
b15
b8
b7
IPL
U I O B S Z D C
Figure 5.2
CPU Register Status after Reset
fRING-S
20 cycles or above are needed(1)
Flash memory activated time
Internal Reset
Signal
CPU Clock × 28 Cycles
(CPU Clock × 72 Cycles)
CPU Clock
0FFFEh
0FFFCh
Address
(Internal Address
Signal)
Content of Reset Vector
0FFFDh
NOTES:
1. This shows hardware reset
Figure 5.3
Reset Sequence
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 20 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
5.1
Hardware Reset
A reset is applied using the RESET pin. When an “L” signal is applied to the RESET pin while the power
supply voltage meets the recommended performance condition, the pins, CPU and SFR are reset (refer
to Table 5.2 Pin Status after Reset). When the input level applied to the RESET pin changes “L” to “H”,
the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-
speed on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after reset.
The internal RAM is not reset. If the RESET pin is pulled “L” during writing to the internal RAM, the
internal RAM will be in indeterminate state.
Figure 5.4 shows the Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation and Figure 5.5 shows the
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Use Example of External Power Supply Voltage Detection Circuit)
and Operation.
5.1.1
When the power supply is stable
(1) Apply an “L” signal to the RESET pin.
(2) Wait for 500µs (1/fRING-S×20).
(3) Apply an “H” signal to the RESET pin.
5.1.2
Power on
(1) Apply an “L” signal to the RESET pin.
(2) Let the power supply voltage increase until it meets the recommended performance condition.
(3) Wait for td(P-R) or more until the internal power supply stabilizes (Refer to 19. Electrical
Characteristics).
(4) Wait for 500µs (1/fRING-S×20).
(5) Apply an “H” signal to the RESET pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 21 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
VCC
2.7V
VCC
0V
RESET
RESET
0V
0.2VCC or below
td(P-R)+500µs or above
NOTES:
1. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.4
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation
5V
Power Supply
Voltage Detection
Circuit
VCC
2.7V
RESET
VCC
0V
5V
RESET
0V
td(P-R)+500µs or above
Example when
VCC=5V
NOTES:
1. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.5
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Use Example of External Power Supply Voltage
Detection Circuit) and Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 22 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
5.2
Power-On Reset Function
When the RESET pin is connected to the VCC pin via about 5kΩ pull-up resistor and the VCC pin rises,
the function is enabled and the microcomputer resets its pins, CPU, and SFR. When a capacitor is
connected to the RESET pin, always keep the voltage to the RESET pin 0.8VCC or more.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or above, count operation of the low-
speed on-chip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
for 32 times, the internal reset signal is held “H” and the microcomputer enters the reset sequence (See
Figure 5.3). The low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU
after reset.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after power-on reset.
The voltage monitor 1 reset is enabled after power-on reset.
Figure 5.6 shows the Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation.
0.1V to 2.7V
VCC
0V
VCC
About
5kΩ
0.8VCC or above
RESET
0V
RESET
within td(P-R)
(3)
(3)
Vdet1
Vdet1
Vccmin
Vpor2
Vpor1
Sampling Time(1, 2)
tw(Vpor1–Vdet1)
tw(por1)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2–Vdet1)
Internal Reset
Signal
(“L” Valid)
1
1
× 32
× 32
fRING-S
fRING-S
NOTES:
1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time.
2. A sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
4. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.6
Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 23 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
5.Reset
5.3
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
A reset is applied using the built-in voltage detection 1 circuit. The voltage detection 1 circuit monitors
the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet1.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or below, the pins, CPU and SFR are
reset.
And when the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or above, count operation of the
low-speed on-chip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator
clock for 32 times, the internal reset signal is held “H” and the microcomputer enters the reset sequence
(See Figure 5.3). The low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the
CPU after reset.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after voltage monitor 1 reset.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or
below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state.
Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 1 reset.
5.4
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
A reset is applied using the built-in voltage detection 2 circuit. The voltage detection 2 circuit monitors
the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet2.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin drops to the Vdet2 level or below, the pins, CPU and SFR are
reset and the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset,
the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
The voltage monitor 2 does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for
details.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet2 level or
below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state.
Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 2 reset.
5.5
Watchdog Timer Reset
When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “1” (reset when watchdog timer underflows), the
microcomputer resets its pins, CPU and SFR if the watchdog timer underflows. Then the program is
executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip
oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU
clock.
The watchdog timer reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for
details.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the watchdog timer underflows, the internal RAM is in
indeterminate state.
Refer to 12. Watchdog Timer for watchdog timer.
5.6
Software Reset
When the PM03 bit in the PM0 register is set to “1” (microcomputer reset), the microcomputer resets its
pins, CPU and SFR. The the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset
vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the
CPU clock.
The software reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for details.
The internal RAM is not reset.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 24 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
The voltage detection circuit is a circuit to monitor the input voltage to the VCC pin. This circuit monitors the
VCC input voltage by the program. And the voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage
monitor 2 reset can be used.
Table 6.1 lists the Specification of Voltage Detection Circuit and Figures 6.1 to 6.3 show the Block
Diagrams. Figures 6.4 to 6.6 show the Associated Registers.
Table 6.1
Specification of Voltage Detection Circuit
Item Voltage Detection 1
Voltage to Monitor
Voltage Detection 2
Vdet2
Whether passing
VCC Monitor
Vdet1
Detection Target
Whether passing
through Vdet1 by rising through Vdet2 by rising
or falling
None
or falling
Monitor
VCA13 bit in VCA1
register
Whether VCC is higher
or lower than Vdet2
Process When Voltage Is Reset
Detected
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Reset at Vdet1 > VCC; Reset at Vdet2 > VCC
Restart CPU operation at Restart CPU operation
VCC > Vdet1
None
after a specified time
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
Interrupt
Interrupt request at
Vdet2 > VCC and VCC >
Vdet2 when digital filter
is enabled;
Interrupt request at
Vdet2 > VCC or VCC >
Vdet2 when digital filter
is disabled
Digital Filter
Switch
Available
Available
Enabled / Disabled
Sampling Time
(Divide-by-n of fRING-S) (Divide-by-n of fRING-S)
x 4
x 4
n : 1, 2, 4 and 8
n : 1, 2, 4 and 8
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 25 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCA27
VCC
Voltage Detection 2
Signal
+
-
Noise Filter
Internal
Reference
Voltage
≥ Vdet2
VCA1 Register
b3
VCA26
VCA13 Bit
Voltage Detection 1
Signal
+
-
≥ Vdet1
Figure 6.1
Block Diagram of Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Generation Circuit
VW1F1 to VW1F0
=00b
=01b
Voltage Detection 1 Circuit
=10b
=11b
fRING-S
1/2
1/2
1/2
VCA26
VCC
+
-
Digital
Filter
Internal
Reference
Voltage
Voltage
Detection 1
Signal
Voltage detection 1
Voltage
Monitor 1
Reset
signal is held “H” when
VCA26 bit is set to “0”
(disabled)
VW1C1
Signal
VW1C0
VW1C6
VW1C7
VW1C0 to VW1C1, VW1F0 to VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C register
VCA26: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.2
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 26 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt / Reset Generation Circuit
VW2F1 to VW2F0
=00b
=01b
Voltage Detection 2 Circuit
VCA27
=10b
=11b
VW2C2 bit is set to “0” (not detected)
by writing “0” by program.
When VCA27 bit is set to “0” (voltage
detection 2 circuit disabled), VW2C2
bit is set to “0”
fRING-S
1/2
1/2
1/2
Watchdog
Timer Interrupt
Signal
VCA13
VCC
+
-
Digital
Filter
Noise Filter
VW2C2
Voltage
Detection
2 signal
Internal
Reference
voltage
(Filter Width: 200ns)
Voltage detection 2 signal
is held “H” when VCA27 bit
is set to “0” (disabled)
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Signal
Non-Maskable
Interrupt Signal
VW2C1
Oscillation Stop
Detection
Interrupt Signal
Watchdog Timer Block
VW2C3
VW2C7
Voltage
Monitor 2
Reset
Watchdog Timer
Underflow Signal
VW2C0
VW2C6
This bit is set to “0” (not detected) by writing
“0” by program.
Signal
VW2C0 to VW2C3, VW2F2, VW2F1, VW2C6, VW2C7: Bits in VW2C register
VCA13: Bit in VCA1 register
VCA27: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.3
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt / Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 27 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Detection Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0031h
After Reset(2)
00001000b
Function
VCA1
Bit Symbol
—
Bit Name
RW
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
(b2-b0)
Voltage Detection 2 Signal Monitor
Flag(1)
0 : VCC < Vdet2
1 : VCC Vdet2 or voltage detection 2
≥
VCA13
RO
circuit disabled
—
(b7-b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
NOTES :
1. The VCA13 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled).
The VCA13 bit is set to “1” (VCC Vdet 2) w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “0” (voltage detection 2
≥
circuit disabled).
2. The softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect this register.
Voltage Detection Register 2(1)
After Reset(4)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Hardw are Reset : 00h
Symbol
VCA2
Address
0032h
Pow er-On Reset, Voltage Monitor 1Reset
: 01000000b
Bit Symbol
—
(b5-b0)
Bit Name
Function
Set to “0”
RW
RW
Reserved Bit
Voltage Detection 1 Enable Bit(2)
Voltage Detection 2 Enable Bit(3)
0 : Voltage detection 1 circuit disabled
1 : Voltage detection 1 circuit enabled
VCA26
VCA27
RW
RW
0 : Voltage detection 2 circuit disabled
1 : Voltage detection 2 circuit enabled
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before w riting to this register.
2. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset, set the VCA26 bit to “1”.
After the VCA26 bit is set from “0” to “1”, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation.
3. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt / reset or the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register, set the VCA27 bit to “1”.
After the VCA27 bit is from “0” to “1”, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation.
4. The softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect this register.
Figure 6.4
VCA1 and VCA2 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 28 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
VW1C
Address
0036h
After Reset(2)
Hardw are Reset : 0000X000b
Pow er-On Reset, Voltage Monitor 1 Reset :
0100X001b
Bit Symbol
VW1C0
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Enable
Bit(3)
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
Voltage Monitor 1 Digital Filter
Disable Mode Select Bit
0 : Digital filter enabled mode
(digital filter circuit enabled)
1 : Digital filter disabled mode
(digital filter circuit disabled)
VW1C1
VW1C2
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”.
RW
RO
—
(b3)
Reserved Bit
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Sampling Clock Select Bit
b5 b4
VW1F0
VW1F1
RW
RW
0 0 : fRING-S divide-by-1
0 1 : fRING-S divide-by-2
1 0 : fRING-S divide-by-4
1 1 : fRING-S divide-by-8
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Mode
Select Bit
When the VW1C0 bit is set to “1” (enables
voltage monitor 1 reset), set to “1”.
VW1C6
VW1C7
RW
RW
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Generation Condition Select Bit
When the VW1C1 bit is set to “1” (digital filter
disabled mode), set to “1”.
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before w riting to this register.
When rew riting the VW1C register, the VW1C2 bit may be set to “1”. Set the VW1C2 bit to “0” after rew riting the
VW1C register.
2. The value after reset remains unchanged in softw are reset, w atchdogi timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset.
3. The VW1C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 1 circuit
enabled). Set the VW1C0 bit to “0” (disable), w hen the VCA26 bit is set to “0” (voltage detection 1 circuit disabled).
Figure 6.5
VW1C Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 29 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
VW2C
Address
After Reset(8)
0037h
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt /
Reset Enable Bit(6, 10)
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
VW2C0
VW2C1
Voltage Monitor 2 Digital Filter
Disable Mode Select Bit(2)
0 : Digital filter enabled mode
(digital filter circuit enabled)
1 : Digital filter disabled mode
(digital filter circuit disabled)
RW
Voltage Change Detection
Flag(3,4,8)
WDT Detection Flag(4,8)
0 : Not detected
1 : Vdet2 pass detected
VW2C2
VW2C3
RW
RW
0 : Not detected
1 : Detected
Sampling Clock Select Bit
b5 b4
VW2F0
RW
0 0 : fRING-S divide-by-1
0 1 : fRING-S divide-by-2
1 0 : fRING-S divide-by-4
1 1 : fRING-S divide-by-8
VW2F1
VW2C6
RW
RW
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Mode 0 : Voltage monitor 2 interrupt mode
Select Bit(5)
1 : Voltage monitor 2 reset mode
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt /
Reset Generation Condition
Select Bit(7,9)
0 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or above
1 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or below
VW2C7
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (rew rite enable) before w riting to this register.
When rew riting the VW2C register, the VW2C2 bit may be set to “1”. Set the VW2C2 bit to “0” after rew riting the
VW2C register.
2. When the voltage monitor 2 interrupt is used to exit stop mode and to return again, w rite “0” to the VW2C1
bit before w riting “1”.
3. This bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit
enabled).
4. Set this bit to “0” by a program. When w riting “0” by a program, it is set to “0” (It remains unchanged even if it is set
to “1”).
5. This bit is enabled w hen the VW2C0 bit is set to “1” (voltage monitor 2 interrupt / enables reset).
6. The VW2C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit
enabled). Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disable) w hen the VCA27 bit is set to “0” (voltage detection 2 circuit disabled).
7. The VW2C7 bit is enabled w hen the VW2C1 bit is set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode).
8. The VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits remain unchanged in the softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2
reset.
9. When the VW2C6 bit is set to “1” (voltage monitor 2 reset mode), set the VW2C7 bit to “1” (w hen VCC
reaches to Vdet2 or below )(do not set to “0”).
10. Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disabled) under the conditions of the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register set to “1” (VCC
≥
Vdet2 or voltage detection 2 circuit disabled), the VW2C1 bit set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode) and the VW2C7
bit set to “0” (w hen VCC reaches Vdet2 or above).
Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disabled) under the conditions of the VCA13 bit set to “0” (VCC < Vdet2), the VW2C1 bit
set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode) and the VW2C7 bit set to “1” (w hen VCC reaches Vdet2 or below ).
Figure 6.6
VW2C Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 30 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.1
6.1.1
Monitoring VCC Input Voltage
Monitoring Vdet1
Vdet1 cannot be monitored.
6.1.2
Monitoring Vdet2
Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). After td(E-A) (refer
to 19. Electrical Characteristics) elapse, Vdet2 can be monitored by the VCA13 bit in the VCA1
register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 31 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.2
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Table 6.2 lists the Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit and Figure 6.7 shows
the Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset to exit stop
mode, set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (digital filter disabled).
Table 6.2
Procedure
Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit
When Using Digital Filter
When Not Using Digital Filter
1
Set the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled)
Wait for td(E-A)
2
(1)
Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Set the VW1C7 bit in the VW1C register to
by the VW1F0 to VW1F1 bits in the VW1C “1”
register
3
(1)
(1)
Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to
4
“0” (digital f ilter enabled).
“1” (digital filter disabled)
Set the VW1C6 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (voltage monitor 1 reset mode)
5
6
7
Set the VW1C2 bit in the VW1C register to “0”
Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0” −
(low-speed on-chip oscillator on)
8
9
Wait for the sampling clock of the digital
filter x 4 cycles
− (no wait time)
Set the VW1C0 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (enables voltage monitor 1 reset)
NOTES:
1. When the VW1C0 bit is set to “0” (disabled), procedures 3, 4 and 5 can be executed simultaneously
(with 1 instruction).
VCC
Vdet1
(Typ. 2.85V)
1
x 32
Sampling Clock of
Digital Filter x 4 Cycles
fRING-S
When the VW1C1 bit is set
to “0” (digital filter enabled)
Internal Reset Signal
1
x 32
fRING-S
When the VW1C1 bit is set
to “1” (digital filter disabled)
and the VW1C7 bit is set
to “1”
Internal Reset Signal
VW1C1 and VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C Register
The above applies to the following conditions.
• VCA26 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled)
• VW1C0 bit in VW1C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 1 reset )
• VW1C6 bit in VW1C register = 1 (voltage monitor 1 reset mode)
When the internal reset signal is held “L”, the pins, CPU and SFR are reset.
The internal reset signal is changed from “L” to “H”, the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the
reset vector.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the SFR status after reset.
Figure 6.7
Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 32 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.3
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Table 6.3 lists the Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Associated Bit. Figure 6.8 shows the Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage
Monitor 2 Reset. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt or voltage monitor 2 reset to exit stop
mode, set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to “1” (digital filter disabled).
Table 6.3
Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Associated Bit
When Using Digital Filter
When Not Using Digital Filter
Voltage Monitor 2 Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Reset
Procedure
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
Voltage Monitor 2
Reset
1
2
Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled)
Wait for td(E-A)
(2)
Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Select the timing of the interrupt and reset
3
by the VW2F0 to VW2F1 bits in the VW2C
register
request by the VW2C7 bit in the VW2C
(1)
register
(2)
Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to
“0” (digital filter enabled) “1” (digital filter disabled)
4
(2)
Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in
the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to
“0” (voltage monitor 2 “1” (voltage monitor 2 “0” (voltage monitor 2 “1” (voltage monitor 2
5
interrupt mode)
reset mode)
interrupt mode)
reset mode)
6
7
Set the VW2C2 bit in the VW2C register to “0” (passing of Vdet2 is not detected)
Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0”
(low-speed on-chip oscillator on)
−
Wait for the sampling clock of the digital filter − (no wait time)
x 4 cycles
8
9
Set the VW2C0 bit in the VW2C register to “1” (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt / reset)
NOTES:
1. Set the VW2C7 bit to “1” (when VCC reaches Vdet2 or below) for the voltage monitor 2 reset.
2. When the VW2C0 bit is set to “0” (disabled), procedures 3, 4 and 5 can be executed simultaneously
(with 1 instruction).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 33 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCC
Vdet2
(Typ. 3.30V)
2.7V(1)
“1”
VCA13 Bit
VW2C2 Bit
“0”
Sampling Clock of Digital Filter
x 4 Cycles
Sampling Clock of Digital Filter
x 4 Cycles
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” by a program
When the VW2C1 bit is set
to “0” (digital filter enabled)
Set to “0” by interrupt request
acknowledgement
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Internal Reset Signal
(VW2C6=1)
Set to “0” by a program
“1”
“0”
VW2C2 Bit
When the VW2C1 bit is
set to “1” (digital filter
disabled) and the
VW2C7 bit is set to “0”
(Vdet2 or above)
Set to “0” by interrupt
request
acknowledgement
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Set to “0” by a program
“1”
“0”
VW2C2 Bit
Set to “0” by interrupt
When the VW2C1 bit is
set to “1” (digital filter
disabled) and the
VW2C7 bit is set to “1”
(Vdet2 or below)
request acknowledgement
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Internal Reset Signal
(VW2C6=1)
VCA13 : Bit in VCA1 Register
VW2C1, VW2C2, VW2C6, VW2C7 : Bit in VW2C Register
The above applies to the following conditions.
• VCA27 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled)
• VW2C0 bit in VW2C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage monitor 2 reset)
NOTES:
1. When the voltage monitor 1 reset is not used, set the power supply to VCC ≥ 2.7.
Figure 6.8
Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 34 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
7. Processor Mode
7. Processor Mode
7.1
Types of Processor Mode
Single-chip mode can be selected as processor mode. Table 7.1 lists Features of Processor Mode.
Figure 7.1 shows the PM0 Register and Figure 7.2 shows the PM1 Register.
Table 7.1
Features of Processor Mode
Pins to which I/O ports are
assigned
Processor Mode
Access Area
Single-Chip Mode
SFR, Internal RAM, Internal ROM All pins are I/O ports or peripheral
function I/O pins
Processor Mode Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
PM0
Address
0004h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b2-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Softw are Reset Bit
The microcomputer is reset w hen this bit
is set to “1”. When read, its content is “0”.
PM03
RW
—
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
Figure 7.1
PM0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 35 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
7. Processor Mode
Processor Mode Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol
PM1
Address
0005h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
—
—
(b0)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
—
WDT Interrupt/Reset Sw itch Bit
0 : Watchdog Timer Interrupt
1 : Watchdog Timer Reset(2)
PM12
—
(b6-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
(b7)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. The PM12 bit is set to “1” by a program (It remains unchanged even if it is set to “0”).
When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to “1” (selects count source protect mode), the PM12 bit is
automatically set to “1”.
Figure 7.2
PM1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 36 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
8.Bus
8. Bus
During access, the ROM/RAM and SFR vary from bus cycles. Table 8.1 lists Bus Cycles for Access Space
of the R8C/14 Group and Table 8.2 lists Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/15 Group.
The ROM/RAM and SFR are connected to the CPU through an 8-bit bus. When accessing in word-(16 bits)
unit, these area are accessed twice in 8-bit unit. Table 8.3 lists Access Unit and Bus Operation.
Table 8.1
Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/14 Group
Access Area
Bus Cycle
2 cycles of CPU clock
1 cycle of CPU clock
SFR
ROM/RAM
Table 8.2
Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/15 Group
Access Area
Bus Cycle
2 cycles of CPU clock
1 cycle of CPU clock
SFR/Data flash
Program ROM/RAM
Table 8.3
Access Unit and Bus Operation
SFR, Data flash
Area
ROM (Program ROM), RAM
CPU Clock
Even Address
Byte Access
CPU Clock
Even
Data
Even
Odd
Address
Data
Address
Data
Data
Odd Address
Byte Access
CPU Clock
CPU Clock
Address
Data
Odd
Data
Address
Data
Data
Even Address
Word Access
CPU Clock
CPU Clock
Address
Data
Address
Data
Even
Data
Even+1
Data
Even
Data
Even+1
Data
Odd Address
Word Access
CPU Clock
CPU Clock
Address
Data
Odd
Odd+1
Data
Odd
Odd+1
Data
Address
Data
Data
Data
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 37 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9. Clock Generation Circuit
The MCU has two on-chip clock generation circuits:
• Main clock oscillation circuit
• On-chip oscillator (oscillation stop detection function)
Table 9.1 lists Specification of Clock Generation Circuit. Figure 9.1 shows a Clock Generation Circuit.
Figures 9.2 to 9.5 show clock-associated registers.
Table 9.1
Specification of Clock Generation Circuit
On-Chip Oscillator
Main Clock
Oscillation Circuit
Item
Use of Clock
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
• CPU clock source • CPU clock source
• CPU clock source
• Peripheral
function clock
source
• Peripheral function clock
source
• CPU and peripheral function
clock sources when main
clock stops oscillating
• Peripheral function clock
source
• CPU and peripheral function
clock sources when main
clock stops oscillating
Clock Frequency 0 to 20MHz
Approx. 8MHz
Approx. 125kHz
Connectable
Oscillator
• Ceramic
resonator
• Crystal oscillator
−
−
(1)
Oscillator
Connect Pins
(Note 1)
Usable
Stop
(Note 1)
Usable
Oscillate
−
XIN, XOUT
Oscillation Stop, Usable
Restart Function
Oscillator Status Stop
After Reset
Others
Externally
−
generated clock
can be input
NOTES:
1. This pin can be used as P4_6 and P4_7 when using the on-chip oscillator clock for a CPU clock
while the main clock oscillation circuit is not used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 38 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
HRA2 Register
HRA1 Register
Frequency Adjustable
On-Chip Oscillator Clock
High-Speed
On-Chip
fRING-fast
HRA00
Watchdog
SSU
Oscillator
Timer
fRING128
fRING
HRA01=1
HRA01=0
A/D
INT0
Timer C
Timer X
Timer Z
UART0
1/128
Converter
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Power-On
CM14
Reset Circuit
Oscillator
fRING-S
Voltage
Detection
Circuit
Q
Q
CM10=1(Stop Mode)
S
R
f1
b
RESET
f2
f4
f8
c
Power-on reset
Software reset
Interrupt request
Oscillation
Stop
Detection
d
S
R
e
Main Clock
WAIT
Instruction
OCD2=1
OCD2=0
g
f32
CM13
a
h
CPU Clock
Divider
XIN
XOUT
CM13
System Clock
CM05
CM02
g
e
d
c
b
1/2
1/2
a
1/2
1/2
1/2
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=11b
CM06=1
h
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=10b
CM02, CM05, CM06: Bits in CM0 register
CM10, CM13, CM14, CM16, CM17: Bits in CM1 register
OCD0, OCD1, OCD2: Bits in OCD register
HRA00, HRA01: Bits in HRA0 register
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=01b
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=00b
Details of Divider
Oscillation Stop Detection Circuit
Forcible discharge when OCD0(1)=0
Pulse generation
circuit for clock
edge detection and
charge, discharge
control circuit
Charge,
Discharge
Circuit
Main Clock
Oscillation Stop Detection
Interrupt Generation
Circuit Detection
Oscillation Stop
Detection,
OCD1(1)
Watchdog
Timer Interrupt
Watchdog Timer,
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
Voltage Watch
2 Interrupt
OCD2 Bit Switch Signal
CM14 Bit Switch Signal
NOTES :
1. Set the same value to the OCD1 and OCD0 bits.
Figure 9.1
Clock Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 39 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0 1
0 0
Symbol
CM0
Address
0006h
After Reset
68h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b1-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
WAIT Peripheral Function Clock Stop 0 : Peripheral function clock does not
Bit
stop in w ait mode
1 : Peripheral function clock stops
in w ait mode
CM02
RW
—
(b3)
Reserved Bit
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
(b4)
Set to “0”
Main Clock (XIN-XOUT)
Stop Bit(2,4)
SystemClock Division Select Bit 0(5)
0 : Main clock oscillates
1 : Main clock stops(3)
CM05
CM06
0 : Enables CM16, CM17
1 : Divide-by-8 mode
—
(b7)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. The CM05 bit is to stop the main clock w hen the on-chip oscillator mode is selected.
Do not use this bit for w hether the main clock is stopped. To stop the main clock, set the bits in the follow ing
orders:
(a) Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
(b) Set the OCD2 bit to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock).
3. Set the CM05 bit to “1” (main clock stops) and the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to “1”
(XIN-XOUT pin) w hen the external clock is input.
4. When the CM05 bit is set to “1” (stops main clock), P4_6 and P4_7 can be used as input ports.
5. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to “1” (divide-by-8 mode).
Figure 9.2
CM0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 40 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
Address
0007h
After Reset
20h
CM1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
All Clock Stop Control Bit(4,7,8)
Function
RW
RW
0 : Oscillates clock
1 : Stops all Clocks (stop mode)
CM10
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
(b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Port XIN-XOUT Sw itch Bit(7)
0 : Input port P4_6, P4_7
1 : XIN-XOUT Pin
CM13
CM14
CM15
Low -Speed On-Chip Oscillation Stop 0 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator on
Bit(5,6,8)
1 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator off
XIN-XOUT Drive Capacity Select Bit(2) 0 : LOW
1 : HIGH
SystemClock Division Select Bit 1(3) b7 b6
0 0 : No division mode
CM16
CM17
RW
RW
0 1 : Divide-by-2 mode
1 0 : Divide-by-4 mode
1 1 : Divide-by-16 mode
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, this bit is set to “1” (drive capacity HIGH).
3. When the CM06 bit is set to “0” (CM16, CM17 bits enabled), this bit becomes enabled.
4. If the CM10 bit is “1” (stop mode), the internal feedback resistor becomes disabled.
5. When the OCD2 bit is set to “0” (selects main clock), the CM14 bit is set to “1” (stops low -speed
on-chip oscillator). When the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock), the CM14 bit is set to “0”
(low -speed on-chip oscillator on). It remains unchanged even if it is set to “1”.
6. When using the voltage detection interrupt, CM14 bit is set to “0” (low -speed on-chip oscillator on).
7. When the CM10 bit is set to “1” (stop mode) or the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to “1” (main clock stops) and the
CM13 bit is set to “1” (XIN-XOUT pin), the XOUT (P4_7) pin becomes “H”.
When the CM13 bit is set to “0” (input ports, P4_6, P4_7), the P4_7 (XOUT) enters input mode.
8. In count source protect mode (Refer to
the CM10 and CM14 bits are set.
), the value remains unchanged even if
12.2 Count Source Protect Mode
Figure 9.3
CM1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 41 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Oscillation Stop Detection Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
000Ch
After Reset
04h
OCD
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Oscillation Stop Detection
Enable Bit
b1 b0
0 0 : Oscillation stop detection function
disabled
OCD0
OCD1
0 1 : Do not set
1 0 : Do not set
RW
RW
1 1 : Oscillation stop detection function
enabled(4,7)
System Clock Select Bit(6)
0 : Selects main clock(7)
1 : Selects on-chip oscillator clock(2)
OCD2
OCD3
Clock Monitor Bit(3,5)
Reserved Bit
0 : Main clock oscillates
1 : Main clock stops
RO
—
(b7-b4)
Set to “0”
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. The OCD2 bit is automatically set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock) if a main clock oscillation stop is detected
w hile the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b” (oscillation stop detection function enabled). If the OCD3 bit is set to “1”
(main clock stops), the OCD2 bit remains unchanged w hen w riting “0” (selects main
clock).
3. The OCD3 bit is enabled w hen the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b”.
4. Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled) before entering stop and on-chip
oscillator mode (main clock stops).
5. The OCD3 bit remains “0” (main clock oscillates) if the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “00b”.
6. The CM14 bit is set to “0” (low -speed on-chip oscillator on) if the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator
clock).
7. Ref er to
Figure 9.9 Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to Main
for the sw itching procedure w hen the main clock re-oscillates after detecting an oscillation stop.
Clock
Figure 9.4
OCD Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 42 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
HRA0
Address
0020h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
Enable Bit
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Select 0 : Selects low -speed on-chip oscillator(3)
0 : High-speed on-chip oscillator off
1 : High-speed on-chip oscillator on
HRA00
HRA01
RW
RW
Bit(2)
1 : Selects high-speed on-chip oscillator
—
(b7-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. Change the HRA01 bit under the follow ing conditions.
• HRA00 = 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillation)
• The CM14 bit in the CM1 register = 0 (low -speed on-chip oscillator on)
3. When setting the HRA01 bit to “0” (selects low -speed on-chip oscillator), do not set the HRA00 bit to “0” (high-speed
on-chip oscillator off) at the same time.
Set the HRA00 bit to “0” after setting the HRA01 bit to “0”.
Figure 9.5
HRA0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 43 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
HRA1
Address
0021h
After Reset
When Shipping
Function
RW
RW
The frequency of high-speed on-chip oscillator is adjusted w ith bits 0 to 7.
High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency = 8MHz
(HRA1 register = value w hen shipping ; fRING-fast mode 0)
Set the value of the HRA1 register to smaller (minimum value : 00h), the frequency w ill be
higher
Set the value of the HRA1 register to larger (maximum value : FFh), the frequecny w ill be
low er
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
HRA2
Address
0022h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode
Select Bit
b1 b0
0 0 : fRING-fast mode 0(2)
0 1 : fRING-fast mode 1(3)
1 0 : fRING-fast mode 2(4)
1 1 : Do not set
HRA20
HRA21
RW
—
(b4-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
—
—
(b7-b5)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency = 8MHz (HRA1 register = value w hen shipping)
3. If fRING-fast mode 0 is sw itched to fRING-fast mode 1, frequency w ill increase 1.5 times.
4. If fRING-fast mode 0 is sw itched to fRING-fast mode 2, frequency w ill increase 0.5 times.
Figure 9.6
HRA1 and HRA2 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 44 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
The following describes the clocks generated by the clock generation circuit.
9.1
Main Clock
This clock is supplied by a main clock oscillation circuit. This clock is used as the clock source for the
CPU and peripheral function clocks. The main clock oscillation circuit is configured by connecting a
resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins. The main clock oscillation circuit contains a feedback
resistor, which is disconnected from the oscillation circuit in stop mode in order to reduce the amount of
power consumed in the chip. The main clock oscillation circuit may also be configured by feeding an
externally generated clock to the XIN pin. Figure 9.7 shows the Examples of Main Clock Connection
Circuit.
During reset and after reset, the main clock stops.
The main clock starts oscillating when the CM05 bit in the CM0 register is set to “0” (main clock on) after
setting the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to “1” (XIN- XOUT pin).
To use the main clock for the CPU clock source, set the OCD2 bit in the OCD register to “0” (select main
clock) after the main clock is oscillating stably.
The power consumption can be reduced by setting the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to “1” (stop main
clock) if the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (select on-chip oscillator clock).
When the clocks externally generated to the XIN pin are input, a main clock does not stop if setting the
CM05 bit to “1”. If necessary, use an external circuit to stop the clock.
In stop mode, all clocks including the main clock stop. Refer to 9.4 Power Control for details.
Microcomputer
Microcomputer
(Built-In Feedback Resistor)
(Built-In Feedback Resistor)
XIN
XIN
XOUT
XOUT
Open
Rd(1)
Externally Derived Clock
CIN
COUT
VCC
VSS
External Clock Input Clock
Ceramic Resonator External Circuit
NOTES :
1. Insert a damping resistor if required. The resistance will vary depending on the oscillator and the oscillation drive
capacity setting. Use the value recommended by the maker of the oscillator.
When the oscillation drive capacity is set to low, check that oscillation is stable. Also, if the oscillator manufacturer's
data sheet specifies that a feedback resistor be added external to the chip, insert a feedback resistor between XIN
and XOUT following the instruction.
Figure 9.7
Examples of Main Clock Connection Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 45 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.2
On-Chip Oscillator Clock
This clock is supplied by an on-chip oscillator. The on-chip oscillator contains a high-speed on-chip
oscillator and a low-speed on-chip oscillator. Either an on-chip oscillator clock is selected by the HRA01
bit in the HRA0 register.
9.2.1
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU
clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128 and fRING-S.
After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator by divide-by-8
is selected for the CPU clock.
If the main clock stops oscillating when the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register are set to “11b”
(oscillation stop detection function enabled), the low-speed on-chip oscillator automatically starts
operating, supplying the necessary clock for the microcomputer.
The frequency of the low-speed on-chip oscillator varies depending on the supply voltage and the
operating ambient temperature. The application products must be designed with sufficient margin for
the frequency change.
9.2.2
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU
clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128, and fRING1-fast.
After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator stops. The
oscillation starts by setting the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register to “1” (high-speed on-chip oscillator
on). The frequency can be adjusted by the HRA1 and HRA2 registers.
Since the difference in delay between the bits, adjust by changing each bit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 46 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.3
CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock
There are two type clocks: a CPU clock to operate the CPU and a peripheral function clock to operate
the peripheral functions. Refer to Figure 9.1 Clock Generation Circuit.
9.3.1
System Clock
The system clock is a clock source for the CPU and peripheral function clocks. The main clock or on-
chip oscillator clock can be selected.
9.3.2
CPU Clock
The CPU clock is an operating clock for the CPU and watchdog timer.
The system clock can be the divide-by-1 (no division), 2, 4, 8 or 16 to produce the CPU clock. Use
the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register to select the value
of the division.
After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-8 provides the CPU clock.
When entering stop mode from high-speed or medium-speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to “1”
(divide-by-8 mode).
9.3.3
Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32)
The peripheral function clock is operating clock for the peripheral functions.
The clock fi (i=1, 2, 4, 8, 32) is generated by the system clock divided-by-i. The clock fi is used for
timers X, Y, Z, C, serial interface and A/D converter.
When the WAIT instruction is executed after setting the CM02 bit in the CM0 register to “1”
(peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the clock fi stops.
9.3.4
fRING and fRING128
fRING and fRING128 are operating clocks for the peripheral functions.
The fRING runs at the same frequency as the on-chip oscillator clock and can be used as the source
for the timer X. The fRING128 is generated by the fRING by dividing it by 128 and can be used for
the timer C.
When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clocks fRING and fRING128 do not stop.
9.3.5
fRING-fast
fRING-fast is used as the count source for the timer C. The fRING-fast is generated by the high-
speed on-chip oscillator and provided by setting the HRA00 bit to “1”.
When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clock fRING-fast does not stop.
9.3.6
fRING-S
fRING-S is an operating clock for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit. When setting the
CM14 bit to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) using the clock generated by the low-speed on-chip
oscillator, the fRING-S can be provided. When the WAIT instruction is executed or in count source
protect mode of the watchdog timer, fRING-S does not stop.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 47 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.4
Power Control
There are three power control modes. All modes other than wait and stop modes are referred to as
normal operating mode.
9.4.1
Normal Operating Mode
Normal operating mode is further separated into four modes.
In normal operating mode, the CPU clock and the peripheral function clock are supplied to operate
the CPU and the peripheral function clocks. Power consumption control is enabled by controlling the
CPU clock frequency. The higher the CPU clock frequency, the more processing power increases.
The lower the CPU clock frequency, the more power consumption decreases. When unnecessary
oscillator circuits stop, power consumption is further reduced.
Before the clock sources for the CPU clock can be switched over, the new clock source after
switching needs to be stabilized and oscillated. If the new clock source is the main clock, allow
sufficient wait time in a program until an oscillation is stabilized before exiting.
Table 9.2
Setting and Mode of Clock Associated Bit
OCD Register
CM1 Register
CM0 Register
Modes
OCD2
CM17, CM16
CM13
CM06
CM05
High-Speed Mode
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
00b
01b
10b
−
1
1
1
1
1
−
−
−
−
−
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
−
−
−
−
−
Medium-
Speed
Mode
divide-by-2
divide-by-4
divide-by-8
divide-by-16
no division
divide-by-2
divide-by-4
divide-by-8
divide-by-16
11b
00b
01b
10b
−
High-Speed,
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
(1)
Mode
11b
NOTES:
1. The low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the CM14 bit in the
CM1 register is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) and the HRA01 bit in the HRA0 register
is set to “0”. The high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the
HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip oscillator A on) and the HRA01 bit
in the HRA0 register is set to “1”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 48 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.4.1.1
High-Speed Mode
The main clock divided-by-1 (no division) provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-
speed on-chip oscillator on) or the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip
oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers X and C. When the HRA00 bit is set to
“1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator
on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.1.2
Medium-Speed Mode
The main clock divided-by-2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-
speed on-chip oscillator on) or the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip
oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers X and C. When the HRA00 bit is set to
“1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator
on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.1.3
High-Speed, Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode
The on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-1 (no division), -2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. The
on-chip oscillator clock is also the clock source for the peripheral function clocks. When the HRA00
bit is set to “1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed on-
chip oscillator on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.2
Wait Mode
Since the CPU clock stops in wait mode, the CPU operated in the CPU clock and the watchdog timer
when count source protection mode is disabled stops. The main clock and on-chip oscillator clock do
not stop and the peripheral functions using these clocks maintain operating.
9.4.2.1
Peripheral Function Clock Stop Function
If the CM02 bit is set to “1” (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the f1, f2, f4, f8 and f32
clocks stop in wait mode. The power consumption can be reduced.
9.4.2.2
Entering Wait Mode
The microcomputer enters wait mode by executing the WAIT instruction.
9.4.2.3
Pin Status in Wait Mode
The status before entering wait mode is maintained.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 49 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.4.2.4
Exiting Wait Mode
The microcomputer exits wait mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using
a hardware reset to exit wait mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to
“000b” (interrupts disabled) before executing the WAIT instruction.
The peripheral function interrupts are affected by the CM02 bit. When the CM02 bit is set to “0”
(peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode), all peripheral function interrupts can be used
to exit wait mode. When the CM02 bit is set to “1” (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the
peripheral functions using the peripheral function clock stop operating and the peripheral functions
operated by external signals can be used to exit wait mode.
Table 9.3 lists Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions.
When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit wait mode, set up the following before executing
the WAIT instruction.
(1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in the interrupt control register of the
peripheral function interrupts to use for exiting wait mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the
peripheral function interrupts not to use for exiting wait mode to “000b” (disables interrupt).
(2) Set the I flag to “1”.
(3) Operate the peripheral function to use for exiting wait mode.
When an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock supply is started if exiting by the
peripheral function interrupt, an interrupt sequence is executed.
The CPU clock, when exiting wait mode by a peripheral function interrupt, is the same clock as the
CPU clock when the WAIT instruction is executed.
Table 9.3
Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions
Interrupt
CM02=0
Usable when operating with
internal or external clock
Usable in all modes
Usable
CM02=1
Usable when operating with external
clock
Serial Interface Interrupt
SSU Interrupt
−(Do not use)
Key Input Interrupt
A/D Conversion Interrupt
Timer X Interrupt
Timer Z Interrupt
Timer C Interrupt
Usable
Usable in one-shot mode
Usable in all modes
Usable in all modes
Usable in all modes
Usable
−(Do not use)
Usable in event counter mode
−(Do not use)
−(Do not use)
INT Interrupt
Usable (INT0 and INT3 can be used if
there is no filter.
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Usable
Usable
Oscillation Stop Detection Usable
−(Do not use)
Interrupt
Watchdog Timer Interrupt Usable in count source protect
mode
Usable in count source protect mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 50 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.4.3
Stop Mode
Since the oscillator circuits stop in wait mode, the CPU clock and peripheral function clock stop and
the CPU and peripheral functions clocked by these clocks stop operating. The least power required
to operate the microcomputer is in stop mode. If the voltage applied to the VCC pin is VRAM or
more, the internal RAM is maintained.
The peripheral functions clocked by external signals maintain operating. Table 9.4 lists Interrupts to
Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions.
Table 9.4
Interrupts to Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions
Interrupt Usage Conditions
Key Input Interrupt
−
INT0 to INT1 Interrupts
INT3 Interrupt
INT0 can be used if there is no filter
No filter. Interrupt request is generated at INT3 input. (TCC06 bit in
TCC0 register is set to “1”)
Timer X Interrupt
When external pulse is counted in event counter mode
When external clock is selected
Serial Interface Interrupt
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
Usable in digital filter disabled mode (VW2C1 bit in VW2C register is
set to “1”)
9.4.3.1
Entering Stop Mode
The microcomputer enters stop mode by setting the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to “1” (all clocks
stop). At the same time, the CM06 bit in the CM0 register is set to “1” (divide-by-8 mode) and the
CM15 bit in the CM10 register is set to “1” (drive capability HIGH of main clock oscillator circuit).
When using stop mode, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function
disabled) before entering stop mode.
9.4.3.2
Pin Status in Stop Mode
The status before entering wait mode is maintained.
However, when the CM13 bit in the CM1 register is set to “1” (XIN-XOUT pins), the XOUT(P4_7) pin
is held “H”. When the CM13 bit is set to “0” (input port P4_6 and P4_7), the P4_7(XOUT) is held in
input status.
9.4.3.3
Exiting Stop Mode
The microcomputer exits stop mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt.
When using a hardware reset to exit stop mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function
interrupts to “000b” (disables interrupts) before setting the CM10 bit to “1”.
When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit stop mode, set up the following before setting the
CM10 bit to “1”.
(1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts to
use for exiting stop mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts not
to use for exiting stop mode to “000b” (disables interrupt).
(2) Set the I flag to “1”.
(3) Operates the peripheral function to use for exiting stop mode.
When an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock supply is started if exiting by the
peripheral function interrupt, an interrupt sequence is executed.
The CPU clock, when exiting stop mode by a peripheral function interrupt, is the divide-by-8 of the
clock which is used before entering stop mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 51 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Figure 9.8 shows the State Transition of Power Control.
Reset
Low-speed On-chip
Oscillator Mode
OCD2=1
HRA01=0
CM14=0
There are six power control modes.
(1) High-speed mode
(2) Middle-speed mode
(3) High-speed on-chip oscillator mode
(4) Low-speed on-chip oscillator mode
(5) Wait mode
High-speed Mode,
Middle-speed Mode
(6) Stop mode
OCD2=0
CM05=0
CM13=1
High-speed On-chip
Oscillator Mode
OCD2=1
CM05: Bit in CM0 register
CM10, CM13, CM14: Bit in CM1 register
OCD2: Bit in OCD register
HRA01=1
HRA00, HRA01: Bit in HRA0 register
HRA00=1
WAIT
Instruction
CM10=1
(All oscillators stop)
Interrupt
Interrupt
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Figure 9.8
State Transition of Power Control
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 52 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
9.5
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
The oscillation stop detection function is a function to detect the stop of the main clock oscillating circuit.
The oscillation stop detection function can be enabled and disabled by the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the
OCD register.
Table 9.5 lists the Specification of Oscillation Stop Detection Function.
When the main clock is the CPU clock source and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b” (oscillation
stop detection function enabled), the system is placed in the following state if the main clock stops.
• OCD2 bit in OCD register = 1 (on-chip oscillator clock selected)
• OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1 (main clock stops)
• CM14 bit in CM1 register = 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillates)
• Oscillation stop detection interrupt request is generated
Table 9.5
Specification of Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Item Specification
Oscillation Stop Detection Enable Clock f(XIN) ≥ 2 MHz
and Frequency Bandwidth
Enabled Condition for Oscillation Stop
Detection Function
Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop detection
function enabled)
Operation at Oscillation Stop Detection Oscillation stop detection interrupt is generated
9.5.1
How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function
• The oscillation stop detection interrupt shares the vector with the voltage monitor 2 interrupt and
the watchdog timer interrupt. When using the oscillation stop detection interrupt and watchdog
timer interrupt, the interrupt cause needs to be determined. Table 9.6 lists the Determine Interrupt
Factor of Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts.
• When the main clock is re-oscillated after oscillation stop, switch the main clock to the clock
source of the CPU clock and peripheral functions by a program.
• Figure 9.9 shows the Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
to Main Clock.
• To enter wait mode while using the oscillation stop detection function, set the CM02 bit to “0”
(peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode).
• Since the oscillation stop detection function is a function preparing to stop the main clock by the
external cause, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled)
when the main clock stops or oscillates in the program, that is stop mode is selected or the CM05
bit is changed.
• This function cannot be used when the main clock frequency is below 2 MHz. Set the OCD1 to
OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
• When using the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of
peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HRA01 bit in the HRA0 register to
“0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop
detection function enabled).
When using the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of
peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HRA01 bit to “1” (high-speed on-
chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop detection function
enabled).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 53 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Table 9.6
Determine Interrupt Factor of Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer and
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts
Generated Interrupt Cause
Oscillation Stop Detection
( (a) or (b) )
Bit Showing Interrupt Cause
(a) OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1
(b) OCD1 to OCD0 bits in OCD register = 11b and the OCD2 bit = 1
VW2C3 bit in VW2C register = 1
Watchdog Timer
Voltage Monitor 2
VW2C2 bit in VW2C register = 1
Switch to Main clock
Determine OCD3 Bit
1(Main Clock Stop)
0(Main Clock oscillate)
Judge several times
Determine several times that the main clock is supplied
Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b”
(oscillation stop detection function
disabled)
Set OCD2 bit to “0”
(select Main Clock)
End
OCD3 to OCD0 bits: Bits in OCD register
Figure 9.9
Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to Main
Clock
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 54 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
10.Protection
10. Protection
Protection function protects important registers from being easily overwritten when a program runs out of
control. Figure 10.1 shows the PRCR Register. The following lists the registers protected by the PRCR
register.
• Registers protected by PRC0 bit : CM0, CM1, and OCD, HRA0, HRA1, HRA2 registers
• Registers protected by PRC1 bit : PM0 and PM1 registers
• Registers protected by PRC3 bit : VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers
Protect Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0
Symbol
PRCR
Address
000Ah
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Protect Bit 0
Writing to the CM0, CM, OCD, HRA0, HRA1 and
HRA2 registers is enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
PRC0
PRC1
1 : Enables w riting
Protect Bit 1
Writing to the PM0 and PM1 registers is enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
RW
RW
RW
1 : Enables w riting
—
(b2)
Reserved Bit
Protect Bit 3
Set to “0”
Writing to the VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers is
enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
1 : Enables w riting
PRC3
—
(b5-b4)
Reserved Bit
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RO
—
(b7-b6)
When read, its content is “0”.
Figure 10.1
PRCR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 55 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11. Interrupt
11.1 Interrupt Overview
11.1.1 Types of Interrupts
Figure 11.1 shows types of Interrupts.
Undefined Instruction (UND Instruction)
Overflow (INTO Instruction)
BRK Instruction
INT Instruction
Software
(Non-Maskable Interrupt)
Interrupt
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Single Step(2)
Special
(Non-Maskable Interrupt)
Hardware
Address Match
Peripheral Function(1)
(Maskable Interrupt)
NOTES :
1. Peripheral function interrupts in the microcomputer are used to generate the peripheral interrupt.
2. Do not use this interrupt. For development tools only.
Figure 11.1
Interrupts
• Maskable Interrupt:
The interrupt enable flag (I flag) enables or disables an interrupt. The
interrupt priority order based on the interrupt priority level can be
changed.
• Non-Maskable Interrupt: The interrupt enable flag (I flag) does not enable or disable an
interrupt. The interrupt priority order based on interrupt priority level
cannot be changed.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 56 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.2 Software Interrupts
A software interrupt is generated when an instruction is executed. The software interrupts are non-
maskable interrupts.
11.1.2.1 Undefined Instruction Interrupt
The undefined instruction interrupt is generated when the UND instruction is executed.
11.1.2.2 Overflow Interrupt
The overflow interrupt is generated when the O flag is set to “1” (arithmetic operation overflow) and
the INTO instruction is executed. Instructions to set the O flag are:
ABS, ADC, ADCF, ADD, CMP, DIV, DIVU, DIVX, NEG, RMPA, SBB, SHA, SUB
11.1.2.3 BRK Interrupt
A BRK interrupt is generated when the BRK instruction is executed.
11.1.2.4 INT Instruction Interrupt
An INT instruction interrupt is generated when the INT instruction is executed. The INT instruction
can select software interrupt numbers 0 to 63. Software interrupt numbers 4 to 31 are assigned to the
peripheral function interrupt. Therefore, the microcomputer executes the same interrupt routine when
the INT instruction is executed as when a peripheral function interrupt is generated. In software
interrupt numbers 0 to 31, the U flag is saved to the stack during instruction execution and set the U
flag to “0” (ISP selected) before executing an interrupt sequence. The U flag is restored from the
stack when returning from the interrupt routine. In software interrupt numbers 32 to 63, the U flag
does not change state during instruction execution, and the selected SP is used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 57 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.3 Special Interrupts
Special interrupts are non-maskable interrupts.
11.1.3.1 Watchdog Timer Interrupt
The watchdog timer interrupt is generated by the watchdog timer. Reset the watchdog timer after the
watchdog timer interrupt is generated. For details, refer to 12. Watchdog Timer.
11.1.3.2 Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt
Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt is generated by the oscillation stop detection function. For details
of the oscillation stop detection function, refer to 9. Clock Generation Circuit.
11.1.3.3 Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
The voltage monitor 2 interrupt is generated by the voltage detection circuit. For details of the voltage
detection circuit, refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit.
11.1.3.4 Single-Step Interrupt, Address Break Interrupt
Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
11.1.3.5 Address Match Interrupt
The address match interrupt is generated immediately before executing an instruction that is stored
into an address indicated by the RMAD0 to RMAD1 registers when the AIER0 or AIER1 bit in the
AIER register which is set to “1” (address match interrupt enable). For details of the address match
interrupt, refer to 11.4 Address Match Interrupt.
11.1.4 Peripheral Function Interrupt
The peripheral function interrupt is generated by the internal peripheral function of the
microcomputer and a maskable interrupt. Refer to Table 11.2 Relocatable Vector Tables for the
interrupt factor of the peripheral function interrupt. For details of the peripheral function, refer to the
description of each peripheral function.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 58 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.5 Interrupts and Interrupt Vector
There are 4 bytes in one vector. Set the starting address of interrupt routine in each vector table.
When an interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU branches to the address set in the
corresponding interrupt vector. Figure 11.2 shows the Interrupt Vector.
MSB
LSB
Vector Address (L)
Low Address
Mid Address
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
High Address
0 0 0 0
Vector Address (H)
Figure 11.2
Interrupt Vector
11.1.5.1 Fixed Vector Tables
The fixed vector tables are allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. Table 11.1 lists the Fixed Vector
Tables. The vector addresses (H) of fixed vectors are used by the ID code check function. For
details, refer to 18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting.
Table 11.1
Fixed Vector Tables
Vector Addresses
Address (L) to (H)
Undefined Instruction 0FFDCh to 0FFDFh
Interrupt Source
Remarks
Reference
Interrupt on UND
instruction
R8C/Tiny series software
manual
Overflow
0FFE0h to 0FFE3h
0FFE4h to 0FFE7h
Interrupt on INTO
instruction
BRK Instruction
If the content of address
0FFE7h is FFh, program
execution starts from the
address shown by the
vector in the relocatable
vector table.
Address Match
0FFE8h to 0FFEBh
11.4 Address Match
Interrupt
(1)
0FFECh to 0FFEFh
0FFF0h to 0FFF3h
Single Step
• Watchdog Timer
• Oscillation Stop
Detection
• 12. Watchdog Timer
• 9. Clock Generation
Circuit
• Voltage Monitor 2
• 6. Voltage Detection
Circuit
(1)
0FFF4h to 0FFF7h
0FFF8h to 0FFFBh
0FFFCh to 0FFFFh
Address Break
(Reserved)
Reset
5. Reset
1. Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 59 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.5.2 Relocatable Vector Tables
The relocatable vector tables occupy 256 bytes from the starting address set in the INTB register.
Table 11.2 lists the Relocatable Vector Tables.
Table 11.2
Relocatable Vector Tables
(1)
Software
Interrupt Number
Vector Address
Interrupt Factor
Reference
Address (L) to Address (H)
+0 to +3(0000h to 0003h)
(2)
0
1 to 12
13
R8C/Tiny Series software
manual
BRK Instruction
−(Reserved)
Key Input
A/D Converter
SSU
+52 to +55(0034h to 0037h)
+56 to +59(0038h to 003Bh)
+60 to +63(003Ch to 003Fh)
11.3 Key Input Interrupt
16. A/D Converter
15. Clock Synchronous
Serial I/O with Chip Select
(SSU)
14
15
Compare 1
UART0 Transmit
UART0 Receive
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
Timer X
+64 to +67(0040h to 0043h)
+68 to +71(0044h to 0047h)
+72 to +75(0048h to 004Bh)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13.3 Timer C
14. Serial Interface
+88 to +91(0058h to 005Bh)
13.1 Timer X
−(Reserved)
Timer Z
+96 to +99(0060h to 0063h)
+100 to +103(0064h to 0067h)
13.2 Timer Z
INT1
11.2 INT interrupt
+104 to +107(0068h to 006Bh)
26
INT3
Timer C
Compare 0
+108 to +111(006Ch to 006Fh)
+112 to +115(0070h to 0073h)
+116 to +119(0074h to 0077h)
27
28
29
13.3 Timer C
INT0
11.2 INT interrupt
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
Software Interrupt
30
31
(2)
+128 to +131(0080h to 0083h) to
+252 to +255(00FCh to 00FFh)
32 to 63
R8C/Tiny Series
software manual
NOTES:
1. These addresses are relative to those in the INTB register.
2. The I flag does not disable these interrupts.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 60 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6 Interrupt Control
The following describes enable/disable the maskable interrupts and set the priority order to
acknowledge. The contents explained does not apply to the nonmaskable interrupts.
Use the I flag in the FLG register, IPL and the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in each interrupt control register to
enable/disable the maskable interrupts. Whether an interrupt is requested is indicated by the IR bit in
each interrupt control register.
Figure 11.3 shows the Interrupt Control Register and Figure 11.4 shows the INT0IC Register
Interrupt Control Register(2)
Symbol
KUPIC
ADIC
Address
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0056h
0058h
0059h
005Ah
005Bh
After Reset
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
SSUAIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
S0RIC
TXIC
TZIC
INT1IC
INT3IC
TCIC
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
CMP0IC
005Ch
XXXXX000b
Bit Symbol
ILVL0
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
b2 b1 b0
Interrupt Priority Level Select Bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable)
0 0 1 : Level 1
0 1 0 : Level 2
0 1 1 : Level 3
1 0 0 : Level 4
1 0 1 : Level 5
1 1 0 : Level 6
ILVL1
RW
RW
ILVL2
IR
1 1 1 : Level 7
Interrupt Request Bit
0 : Requests no interrupt
1 : Requests interrupt
RW(1)
—
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES :
1. Only “0” can be w ritten to the IR bit. Do not w rite “ 1”.
2. To rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not
generated. Refer to
20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Registers.
Figure 11.3
Interrupt Control Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 61 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
INT0 Interrupt Control Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
Address
005Dh
After Reset
XX00X000b
Function
INT01C
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
RW
RW
b2 b1 b0
Interrupt Priority Level Select Bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable)
0 0 1 : Level 1
0 1 0 : Level 2
0 1 1 : Level 3
1 0 0 : Level 4
ILVL0
ILVL1
ILVL2
RW
RW
1 0 1 : Level 5
1 1 0 : Level 6
1 1 1 : Level 7
Interrupt Request Bit
Polarity Sw itch Bit(4)
Reserved Bit
0 : Requests no interrupt
1 : Requests interrupt
IR
RW(1)
RW
RW
—
0 : Selects falling edge
1 : Selects rising edge(3)
POL
—
(b5)
Set to “0”
—
(b7-b6)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES :
1. Only “0” can be w ritten to the IR bit. (Do not w rite “1”.)
2. To rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not
generated. Refer to
20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Registers.
3. If the INTOPL bit in the INTEN register is set to “1” (both edges), set the POL bit to “0” (selects falling edge).
4. The IR bit may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the POL bit is rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt
Factor.
Figure 11.4
INT0IC Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 62 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.1 I Flag
The I flag enables or disables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to “1” (enabled) enables the
maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to “0” (disabled) disables all maskable interrupts.
11.1.6.2 IR Bit
The IR bit is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when an interrupt request is generated. Then, when the
interrupt request is acknowledged and the CPU branches to the corresponding interrupt vector, the
IR bit is set to “0” (= interrupt not requested).
The IR bit can be set to “0” by a program. Do not write “1” to this bit.
11.1.6.3 ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits and IPL
Interrupt priority levels can be set using the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits.
Table 11.3 lists the Settings of Interrupt Priority Levels and Table 11.4 lists the Interrupt Priority
Levels Enabled by IPL.
The following are conditions under which an interrupt is acknowledged:
• I flag = 1
• IR bit = 1
• interrupt priority level > IPL
The I flag, IR bit, ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits and IPL are independent of each other. They do not affect one
another.
Table 11.3
Settings of Interrupt Priority
Levels
Table 11.4
Interrupt Priority Levels Enabled by
IPL
ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits
Interrupt Priority Level
Priority Order
IPL
000b
Enabled Interrupt Priority Levels
Interrupt level 1 and above
Interrupt level 2 and above
Interrupt level 3 and above
Interrupt level 4 and above
Interrupt level 5 and above
Interrupt level 6 and above
Interrupt level 7 and above
All maskable interrupts are disabled
000b
001b
010b
011b
100b
101b
110b
111b
Level 0 (interrupt disabled)
−
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
Level 6
Level 7
Low
001b
010b
011b
100b
101b
110b
High
111b
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 63 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.4 Interrupt Sequence
An interrupt sequence is performed between an interrupt request acknowledgement and interrupt
routine execution.
When an interrupt request is generated while an instruction is executed, the CPU determines its
interrupt priority level after the instruction is completed. The CPU starts the interrupt sequence from
the following cycle. However, in regards to the SMOVB, SMOVF, SSTR or RMPA instruction, if an
interrupt request is generated while executing the instruction, the microcomputer suspends the
instruction to start the interrupt sequence. The interrupt sequence is performed as follows. Figure
11.5 shows the Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence.
(1) The CPU gets interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) by reading
the address 00000h. The IR bit for the corresponding interrupt is set to “0” (interrupt not
requested).
(2) The FLG register immediately before entering the interrupt sequence is saved to the CPU
(1)
internal temporary register
.
(3) The I, D and U flags in the FLG register are set as follows:
The I flag is set to “0” (disables interrupts).
The D flag is set to “0” (disables single-step interrupt).
The U flag is set to “0” (ISP selected).
However, the U flag does not change state if an INT instruction for software interrupt numbers
32 to 63 is executed.
(1)
(4) The CPU’s internal temporary register is saved to the stack.
(5) The PC is saved to the stack.
(6) The interrupt priority level of the acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL.
(7) The starting address of the interrupt routine set in the interrupt vector is stored in the PC.
After the interrupt sequence is completed, the instructions are executed from the starting address of
the interrupt routine.
NOTES:
1. This register cannot be used by user.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CPU Clock
Address Bus
Data Bus
RD
Address
0000h
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
SP-2 SP-1 SP-4
SP-3
VEC
VEC+1
VEC+2
PC
Interrupt
information
SP-3
contents
VEC+1
contents
VEC+2
contents
SP-2
SP-1
SP-4
VEC
contents
contents contents contents
WR
The indeterminate state depends on the instruction queue buffer. A read cycle occurs when the instruction queue buffer is
ready to acknowledge instructions.
Figure 11.5
Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 64 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.5 Interrupt Response Time
Figure 11.6 shows an Interrupt Response Time. The interrupt response time is the period between
an interrupt request generation and the execution of the first instruction in an interrupt routine. An
interrupt response time includes the period between an interrupt request generation and the
completed execution of an instruction (see #a in Figure 11.6) and the period required to perform an
interrupt sequence (20 cycles, see #b in Figure 11.6).
Interrupt request is generated Interrupt request is acknowledged
Time
Instruction in
interrupt routine
Instruction
Interrupt Sequence
(a)
20 Cycles (b)
Interrupt Response Time
(a) Period between an interrupt request generation and the completed execution of an
instruction. The length of this time varies depending on the instruction being executed.
The DIVX instruction requires the longest time; 30 cycles (no wait and when the register
is set as the divisor)
(b) 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 11.6
Interrupt Response Time
11.1.6.6 IPL Change when Interrupt Request is Acknowledged
When an interrupt request of a maskable interrupt is acknowledged, the interrupt priority level of the
acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL.
When a software interrupt and special interrupt request are acknowledged, the level listed in Table
11.5 is set to the IPL. Table 11.5 lists the IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupts Is
Acknowledged.
Table 11.5
IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupts Is Acknowledged
Interrupt Factor Value Set to IPL
Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Detection, Voltage Monitor 2 7
Software, Address Match, Single-Step
Not changed
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 65 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.7 Saving a Register
In the interrupt sequence, the FLG register and PC are saved to the stack.
After 4 high-order bits in the PC and 4 high-order (IPL) and 8 low-order bits in the FLG register,
extended to 16 bits, are saved to the stack, the 16 low-order bits in the PC are saved. Figure 11.7
shows the Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request.
The other necessary registers are saved by a program at the beginning of the interrupt routine. The
(1)
PUSHM instruction can save several registers in the register bank being currently used with 1
instruction.
NOTES:
1. Selectable from the R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1, SB and FB registers.
Stack
Stack
Address
Address
MSB
LSB
MSB
LSB
[SP]
New SP Value
m−4
m−3
m−4
m−3
PCL
PCM
m−2
m−1
m
m−2
FLGL
m−1
FLGH
PCH
[SP]
m
SP value before
interrupt is generated
Content of Previous Stack
Content of Previous Stack
Content of Previous Stack
Content of Previous Stack
PCH
PCM
PCL
: High-order 4 bits of PC
: Middle-order 8 bits of PC
: Low-order 8 bits of PC
m+1
m+1
FLGH : High-order 4 bits of FLG
FLGL : Low-order 8 bits of FLG
Stack state before interrupt request
is acknowledged
Stack state after interrupt request
is acknowledged
NOTES
1.When executing the software number 32 to 63 INT instructions,
this SP is specified by the U flag. Otherwise it is ISP.
Figure 11.7
Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request
The register saving operation which is performed in the interrupt sequence is saved in 8 bits every 4
steps. Figure 11.8 shows the Operation of Saving Register.
Stack
Address
Sequence in which
order registers are
saved
[SP]−5
[SP]−4
[SP]−3
(3)
(4)
PCL
PCM
Saved, 8 bits at a time
[SP]−2
[SP]−1
(1)
(2)
FLGL
FLGH
PCH
PCH
PCM
PCL
: High-order 4 bits of PC
: Middle-order 8 bits of PC
: Low-order 8 bits of PC
[SP]
FLGH : High-order 4 bits of FLG
FLGL : Low-order 8 bits of FLG
completed saving
registers in four
operations.
NOTES :
1. [SP] indicates the initial value of the SP when interrupt request is acknowledged.
After registers are saved, the SP content is [SP] minus 4. When executing the
software number 32 to 63 INT instructions, this SP is specified by the U
flag. Otherwise it is ISP.
Figure 11.8
Operation of Saving Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 66 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.8 Returning from an Interrupt Routine
When the REIT instruction is executed at the end of an interrupt routine, the FLG register and PC,
which have been saved to the stack, are automatically returned. The program, executed before the
interrupt request has been acknowledged, starts running again.
Return the register saved by a program in an interrupt routine using the POPM instruction or others
before the REIT instruction.
11.1.6.9 Interrupt Priority
If two or more interrupt requests are generated while executing one instruction, the interrupt with the
higher priority is acknowledged.
Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to select the desired priority level for maskable interrupts (peripheral
functions). However, if two or more maskable interrupts have the same priority level, their interrupt
priority is resolved by hardware, with the higher priority interrupt acknowledged in hardware.
The priority levels of special interrupts such as reset (reset has the highest priority) and watchdog
timer are set by hardware. Figure 11.9 shows the Interrupt Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupt.
The interrupt priority does not affect software interrupts. The microcomputer jumps to the interrupt
routine when the instruction is executed.
Reset
High
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Peripheral Function
Single Step
Address Match
Low
Figure 11.9
Interrupt Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupt
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 67 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.1.6.10 Interrupt Priority Judgement Circuit
The interrupt priority judgement circuit selects the highest priority interrupt. Figure 11.10 shows the
Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level.
Priority Level of Each Interrupt
Highest
Level 0 (default value)
Compare 0
INT3
Timer Z
Timer X
INT0
Timer C
INT1
Priority of peripheral function interrupts
(if priority levels are same)
UART0 Receive
Compare 1
A/D Conversion
UART0 Transmit
SSU
Key Input
IPL
Lowest
Interrupt request level
judgment output signal
Interrupt
request
acknowledged
I flag
Address Match
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Figure 11.10 Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 68 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.2 INT Interrupt
11.2.1 INT0 Interrupt
The INT0 interrupt is generated by an INT0 input. When using the INT0 interrupt, the INT0EN bit in
the INTEN register is set to “1” (enable). The edge polarity is selected using the INT0PL bit in the
INTEN register and the POL bit in the INT0IC register.
Inputs can be passed through a digital filter with three different sampling clocks.
The INT0 pin is shared with the external trigger input pin of timer Z.
Figure 11.11 shows the INTEN and INT0F Registers.
External Input Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
INTEN
Address
0096h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
INT0 Input Enable Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
____
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
INT0EN
INT0PL
____
INT0 Input Polarity Select Bit(2,3)
0 : One edge
1 : Both edges
RW
RW
—
(b7-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Set the INT0EN bit w hile the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (one-shot trigger disabled).
2. When setting the INT0PL bit to “1” (both edges), set the POL bit in the INT0IC register to “0” (selects falling
edge).
3. The IR bit in the INT0IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the INT0PL bit is rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5
Changing Interrupt Factor.
_______
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
Address
001Eh
After Reset
00h
INT0F
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
_____
b1 b0
INT0 Input Filter Select Bit
0 0 : No filter
INT0F0
INT0F1
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
—
(b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
—
—
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Figure 11.11 INTEN and INT0F Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 69 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.2.2 INT0 Input Filter
The INT0 input contains a digital filter. The sampling clock is selected by the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits
in the INT0F register. The IR bit in the INT0IC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when the
INT0 level is sampled for every sampling clock and the sampled input level matches three times.
Figure 11.12 shows the Configuration of INT0 Input Filter. Figure 11.13 shows the Operating
Example of INT0 Input Filter.
INT0F1 to INT0F0
=01b
f1
Sampling Clock
=10b
f8
=11b
INT0EN
f32
Other than
INT0F1 to INT0F0
=00b
INT0
INT0 Interrupt
Digital Filter
(input level
matches 3x)
Port P4_5
Direction
Register
=00b
INT0PL=0
INT0PL=1
Both Edges
Detection
Circuit
INT0F0, INT0F1 : Bits in INT0F register
INT0EN, INT0PL : Bits in INTEN register
Figure 11.12 Configuration of INT0 Input Filter
INT0 input
Sampling
timing
IR bit in
INT0IC register
Set to “0” in program
This is an operation example when the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits in the
INT0F register is set to “01b”, “10b”, or “11b” (passing digital filter).
Figure 11.13 Operating Example of INT0 Input Filter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 70 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.2.3 INT1 Interrupt
The INT1 interrupt is generated by INT1 inputs. The edge polarity is selected by the R0EDG bit in the
TXMR register.
When the CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register is set to “0”, the INT10 pin becomes the INT1 input pin.
When the CNTRSEL bit is set to “1”, the INT11 pin becomes the INT1 input pin.
The INT10 pin is shared with the CNTR00 pin and the INT11 pin is shared with the CNTR01 pin.
Figure 11.14 shows the TXMR Register when INT1 Interrupt is Used.
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Operating Mode Select Bit 0,
1(1)
Function
RW
RW
b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
0 1 : Do not set
1 0 : Event count mode
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
RW
____
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
INT1/CNTR0 Polarity Sw itch
Bit(2)
R0EDG
TXS
RW
RW
RW
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
_______
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
Function varies depending on operating mode
TXOCNT
Operating Mode Select
Bit 2
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
TXMOD2
RW
Active Edge Reception Flag Function varies depending on operating mode
Timer X Underflow Flag Function varies depending on operating mode
TXEDG
TXUND
RW
RW
NOTES :
____
1. When using INT1 interrupt, select modes other than pulse output mode.
2. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
3. Ref er to
for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 11.14 TXMR Register when INT1 Interrupt is Used
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 71 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.2.4 INT3 Interrupt
The INT3 interrupt is generated by the INT3 input. Set the TCC07 bit in the TCC0 register to “0”
(INT3).
When the TCC06 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0”, the INT3 interrupt request is generated
synchronizing with the count source of timer C. When the TCC06 bit is set to “1”, the INT3 interrupt
request is generated when the INT3 is input.
The INT3 input contains a digital filter. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to “1” (interrupt
requested) when the INT3 level is sampled for every sampling clock and the sampled input level
matches three times. The sampling clock is selected by the TCC11 to TCC10 bits in the TCC1
register. When selecting “Filter”, the interrupt request is generated synchronizing with the sampling
clock even if the TCC06 bit is set to “1”. The P3_3 bit in the P3 register indicates the previous value
before filtering regardless of the contents set in the TCC11 to TCC10 bits.
The INT3 pin is used with the TCIN pin.
When setting the TCC07 bit to “1” (fRING128), the INT3 interrupt is generated by the fRING128
clock. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) every fRING128 clock cycle
or every half fRING128 clock cycle.
Figure 11.15 shows the TCC0 Register and Figure 11.16 shows the TCC1 Register.
Timer C Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
TCC0
Address
009Ah
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Timer C Count Start Bit
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
TCC00
TCC01
Timer C Count Source Select Bit(1)
b2 b1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : f32
1 1 : fRING-fast
RW
RW
RW
TCC02
TCC03
TCC04
_____
b4 b3
INT3 Interrupt and Capture
0 0 : Rising edge
0 1 : Falling edge
1 0 : Both edges
1 1 : Do not set
Polarity Select Bit(1,2)
RW
RW
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
____
____
INT3 Interrupt Request Generation
0 : INT3 Interrupt is generated
Timing Select Bit(2,3)
synchronizing w ith Timer C count
____
TCC06
RW
RW
1 : INT3 Interrupt is generated w hen
____
INT3 interrupt is input(4)
____
____
INT3 Interrupt and Capture Input
Sw itch Bit(1,2)
0 : INT3
TCC07
1 : fRING128
NOTES :
1. Change this bit w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The IR bit in the INT3IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the TCC03, TCC04, TCC06 and TCC07
bits are rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
____
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “1” (output compare mode) and INT3 interrupt is input, regardless of the
setting value of the TCC06 bit, an interrupt request is generated.
____
____
4. When using INT3 filter, the INT3 interrupt is generated synchronizing w ith the clock for the digital filter.
Figure 11.15 TCC0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 72 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
Timer C Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
009Bh
After Reset
00h
TCC1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
INT3 Filter Select Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
____
b1b0
TCC10
TCC11
0 0 : No filter
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
Timer C Counter Reload Select 0 : No reload
Bit(2,3)
1 : Set TC register to “0000h” w hen compare 1
is matched
TCC12
TCC13
Compare 0 / Capture Select Bit 0 : Capture Select (input capture mode) (2)
1 : Compare 0 Output Select
RW
RW
(output compare mode)
Compare 0 Output Mode Select
b5 b4
Bit(3)
0 0 : CMPoutput remains unchanged even
w hen compare 0 is matched
0 1 : CMPoutput is reversed w hen compare
0 signal is matched
TCC14
TCC15
TCC16
TCC17
1 0 : CMPoutput is set to “L” w hen compare
0 signal is matched
1 1 : CMPoutput is set to “H” w hen compare
0 signal is matched
RW
RW
RW
Compare 1 Output Mode Select
Bit(3)
b7 b6
0 0 : CMPoutput remains unchanged even
w hen compare 1 is matched
0 1 : CMPoutput is reversed w hen compare
1 signal is matched
1 0 : CMPoutput is set to “L” w hen compare
1 signal is matched
1 1 : CMPoutput is set to “H” w hen compare
1 signal is matched
NOTES :
1.
____
When the same value from the INT3 pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
2. When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stop), rew rite the TCC13 bit.
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (input capture mode), set the TCC12, TCC14 to TCC17 bits to “0”.
Figure 11.16 TCC1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 73 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.3 Key Input Interrupt
A key input interrupt request is generated by one of the input edges of the K10 to K13 pins. The key
input interrupt can be used as a key-on wake-up function to exit wait or stop mode.
The KIiEN (i=0 to 3) bit in the KIEN register can select whether the pins are used as KIi input. The KIiPL
bit in the KIEN register can select the input polarity.
When inputting “L” to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to “0” (falling edge), the input of the other K10 to
K13 pins are not detected as interrupts. Also, when inputting “H” to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to
“1” (rising edge), the input of the other K10 to K13 pins are not detected as interrupts.
Figure 11.17 shows a Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt.
PU02 bit in PUR0 register
KUPIC Register
Pull-Up
Transistor
PD1_3 bit in PD1 register
KI3EN Bit
PD1_3 Bit
KI3PL=0
KI3
KI3PL=1
KI2EN Bit
Pull-Up
Transistor
PD1_2 Bit
KI2PL=0
Interrupt Control
Circuit
Key Input Interrupt
Request
KI2
KI1
KI0
KI2PL=1
KI1EN Bit
PD1_1 Bit
Pull-Up
Transistor
KI1PL=0
KI1PL=1
KI0EN, KI1EN, KI2EN, KI3EN,
KI0PL, KI1PL, KI2PL, KI3PL: Bits in KIEN register
PD1_0, PD1_1, PD1_2, PD1_3: Bits in PD1 register
KI0EN Bit
PD1_0 Bit
Pull-Up
Transistor
KI0PL=0
KI0PL=1
Figure 11.17 Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 74 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
Key Input Enable Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
KIEN
Address
0098h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
KI0 Input Enable Bit
Function
RW
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
KI0EN
KI0PL
KI1EN
KI1PL
KI2EN
KI2PL
KI3EN
KI0 Input Polarity Select Bit
KI1 Input Enable Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
KI1 Input Polarity Select Bit
KI2 Input Enable Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
KI2 Input Polarity Select Bit
KI3 Input Enable Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
KI3 Input Polarity Select Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
KI3PL
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the KUPIC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the KIEN register is rew ritten.
Ref er to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
Figure 11.18 KIEN Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 75 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
11.4 Address Match Interrupt
An address match interrupt request is generated immediately before executing the instruction at the
address indicated by the RMADi register (i=0, 1). This interrupt is used for a break function of the
debugger. When using the on-chip debugger, do not set an address match interrupt (the registers of
AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) in a user system.
Set the starting address of any instruction in the RMADi register. The AIER0 and AIER1 bits in the
AIER0 register can select to enable or disable the interrupt. The I flag and IPL do not affect the address
match interrupt.
The value of the PC (Refer to 11.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the value of the PC) which is saved to the
stack when an address match interrupt is acknowledged varies depending on the instruction at the
address indicated by the RMADi register (The appropriate return address is not pushed on the stack).
When returning from the address match interrupt, return by one of the following:
• Change the content of the stack and use the REIT instruction.
• Use an instruction such as POP to restore the stack as it was before an interrupt request was
acknowledged. And then use a jump instruction.
Table 11.6 lists the Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged.
Figure 11.19 shows the AIER, RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers.
Table 11.6
Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged
Address Indicated by RMADi Register (i=0,1)
(1)
PC Value Saved
• 16-bit operation code instruction
• Instruction shown below among 8-bit operation code instructions
Address indicated by
RMADi register + 2
ADD.B:S
#IMM8,dest SUB.B:S #IMM8,dest AND.B:S #IMM8,dest
OR.B:S
#IMM8,dest MOV.B:S #IMM8,dest STZ.B:S #IMM8,dest
STNZ.B:S #IMM8,dest STZX.B:S #IMM81,#IMM82,dest
CMP.B:S
JMPS
MOV.B:S
#IMM8,dest PUSHM src
#IMM8 JSRS #IMM8
#IMM,dest (However, dest = A0 or A1)
POPM
dest
• Instructions other than the above
Address indicated by
RMADi register + 1
NOTES:
1. Refer to the 11.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the PC value saved.
Table 11.7
Between Address Match Interrupt Sources and Associated Registers
Address Match Interrupt Factor Address Match Interrupt Enable Bit Address Match Interrupt Register
Address Match Interrupt 0
Address Match Interrupt 1
AIER0
AIER1
RMAD0
RMAD1
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 76 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
11.Interrupt
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
AIER
Address
0009h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Address Match Interrupt 0 Enable Bit 0 : Disable
1 : Enable
AIER0
AIER1
Address Match Interrupt 1 Enable Bit 0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
—
—
(b7-b2)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
Address Match Interrupt Register i(i=0,1)
(b23)
b7
(b19)
b3
(b16) (b15)
b0 b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
RMAD0
RMAD1
Address
0012h-0010h
0016h-0014h
After Reset
X00000h
X00000h
Function
Setting Range
RW
RW
Address setting register for address match interrupt
00000h to FFFFFh
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
Figure 11.19 AIER, RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 77 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
12. Watchdog Timer
The watchdog timer is a function to detect when the program is out of control. To use the watchdog timer is
recommend for improving reliability of a system. The watchdog timer contains a 15-bit counter and can
select count source protection mode is enabled or disabled. Table 12.1 lists the Count Source Protection
Mode is Enabled / Disabled
Refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset for details of the watchdog timer reset.
Figure 12.1 shows the Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer and Figures 12.2 to 12.3 show the OFS, WDC,
WDTR, WDTS and CSPR Registers.
Table 12.1
Count Source Protection Mode is Enabled / Disabled
When Count Source Protection
When Count Source Protection
Mode is Enabled
Item
Mode is Disabled
Count Source
CPU clock
Low-speed on-chip oscillator
clock
Count Operation
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
Decrement
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
Count Start Condition
Either of following can be selected
• After reset, count starts automatically
• Count starts by writing to WDTS register
Count Stop Condition
Operation at the time of
Underflow
Stop mode, wait mode
Watchdog timer interrupt or
watchdog timer reset
None
Watchdog timer reset
Prescaler
WDC7=0
WDC7=1
1/16
CSPRO=0
CSPRO=1
PM12=0
Watchdog Timer
Interrupt Request
CPU Clock
1/128
Watchdog Timer
PM12=1
Watchdog
Timer Reset
fRING-S
Set to
“7FFFh”(1)
Write to WDTR register
Internal
Reset Signal
CSPRO : Bit in CSPR register
WDC7 : Bit in WDC register
NOTES:
1. When the CSPRO bit is set to “1” (count source protection mode enabled), “0FFFh” is set.
Figure 12.1
Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 78 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
1
Symbol
OFS
Address
0FFFFh
Before Shipment
FFh(2)
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
Watchdog Timer Start
Select Bit
0 : Watchdog timer starts automatically after reset
1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset
WDTON
RW
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
RW
RW
RW
RW
ROM Code Protect
Disabled Bit
0 : ROM code protect disabled
1 : ROMCP1 enabled
ROMCR
ROM Code Protect Bit
0 : ROM code protect enabled
1 : ROM code protect disabled
ROMCP1
—
(b6-b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
Count Source Protection 0 : Count source protect mode enabled after reset
Mode After Reset Select 1 : Count source protect mode disabled after reset
Bit
CSPROINI
RW
NOTES :
1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program.
2. If the block including the OFS register is erased, “FFh” is set to the OFS register.
Watchdog Timer Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
WDC
Bit Symbol
Address
000Fh
After Reset
00011111b
Function
Bit Name
RW
RO
—
(b4-b0)
High-order Bit of Watchdog Timer
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
RW
RW
RW
—
(b6)
Reserved Bit
Prescaler Select Bit
0 : Divide-by-16
1 : Divide-by-128
WDC7
Figure 12.2
OFS and WDC Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 79 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
12. Watchdog Timer
b7
b0
Symbol
WDTR
Address
000Dh
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
When w riting “00h” before w riting “FFh”, the w atchdog timer is reset.(1)
RW
The default value of the w atchdog timer is set to “7FFFh” w hen count source protection
mode is disabled and “0FFFh” w hen count source protection mode is enabled.(2)
WO
NOTES :
1. Do not generate an interrupt betw een “00h” and the “FFh” w ritings.
2. When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to “1” (count source protection mode enabled),
“0FFFh” is set to the w atchdog timer.
Watchdog Timer Start Register
b7
b0
Symbol
WDTS
Address
000Eh
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
The w atchdog timer starts counting after a w rite instruction to this register.
RW
WO
Count Source Protection Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
CSPR
Address
001Ch
After Reset(1)
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b6-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Count Source Protection Mode 0 : Count source protection mode disabled
Select Bit(2)
1 : Count source protection mode enabled
CSPRO
RW
NOTES :
1. When w riting “0” to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the value after reset is set to “10000000b”.
2. Write “0” before w riting “1” to set the CSPRO bit to “1”.
“0” cannot be set by a program.
Figure 12.3
WDTR, WDTS and CSPR Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 80 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
12.1 When Count Source Protection Mode Disabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the CPU clock when count source protection mode is
disabled. Table 12.2 lists the Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is
Disabled).
Table 12.2
Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is Disabled)
Item Specification
Count Source
CPU clock
Decrement
Count Operation
Period
(1)
Division ratio of prescaler(n) x count value of watchdog timer(32768)
CPU clock
n : 16 or 128 (selected by WDC7 bit in WDC register)
e.g.When the CPU clock is 16MHz and prescaler is divided by 16, the
period is approximately 32.8ms
(2)
Count Start Condition
The WDTON bit in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation
of watchdog timer after reset
• When the WDTON bit is set to “1” (watchdog timer is in stop state
after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count
starts by writing to the WDTS register
• When the WDTON bit is set to “0” (watchdog timer starts
automatically after exiting )
The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after
reset
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
Count Stop Condition
Stop and wait modes (inherit the count from the held value after exiting
modes)
Operation at the time of
Underflow
• When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “0”
Watchdog timer interrupt
• When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “1”
Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset)
NOTES:
1. The watchdog timer is reset when writing “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”. The
prescaler is reset after the microcomputer is reset. Some errors occur by the prescaler for the
period of the watchdog timer.
2. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write “0” to the bit
0 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 81 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
12.2 When Count Source Protection Mode Enabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock when count source
protection mode is enabled. If the CPU clock stops when the program is out of control, the clock can be
supplied to the watchdog timer. Table 12.3 lists the Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count
Source Protection Mode is Enabled).
Table 12.3
Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is Enabled)
Item Specification
Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Count Source
Count Operation
Period
Decrement
Count value of watchdog timer (4096)
Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
e.g. Period is approximately 32.8ms when the low-speed on-chip
oscillator clock is 125 kHz
(1)
Count Start Condition
The WDTON bit in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation
of the watchdog timer after reset.
• When the WDTON bit is set to “1” (watchdog timer is in stop state
after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count
starts by writing to the WDTS register
• When the WDTON bit is set to “0” (watchdog timer starts
automatically after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after
reset
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
Count Stop Condition
None (the count does not stop in wait mode after the count starts. The
microcomputer does not enter stop mode)
Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset)
Operation at the time of
Underflow
Register, Bit
• When setting the CSPPRO bit in the CSPR register to “1” (count
(2)
source protection mode is enabled) , the following are set
automatically
- Set 0FFFh to the watchdog timer
- Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0” (low-speed on-chip
oscillator on)
- Set the PM12 bit in the PM1 register to “1” (The watchdog timer is
reset when watchdog timer underflows)
• The following states are held in count source protection mode
- Writing to the CM10 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains
unchanged even if it is set to “1”. The microcomputer does not
enter stop mode)
- Writing to the CM14 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains
unchanged even if it is set to “1”. The low-speed on-chip oscillator
does not stop)
NOTES:
1. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write “0” to the bit
0 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
2. Even if writing “0” to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the CSPRO bit is set to “1”. The
CSPROINI bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the CSPROINI bit, write “0” to the bit
7 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 82 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13. Timers
The microcomputer contains two 8-bit timers with 8-bit prescaler and a 16-bit timer. The two 8-bit timers with
the 8-bit prescaler contain Timer X and Timer Z. These timers contain a reload register to memorize the
default value of the counter. The 16-bit timer is Timer C which contains the input capture and output
compare. All these timers operate independently. The count source for each timer is the operating clock that
regulates the timing of timer operations such as counting and reloading.
Table 13.1 lists Functional Comparison of Timers.
Table 13.1
Functional Comparison of Timers
Item Timer X
8-bit timer with 8-bit 8-bit timer with 8-bit 16-bit free-run timer
Timer Z
Timer C
Configuration
prescaler (with
reload register)
Decrement
prescaler (with
reload register)
Decrement
(with input capture
and output compare)
Increment
Count
Count source
• f1
• f2
• f8
• f1
• f2
• f8
• f1
• f8
• f32
• fRING
• Timer X underflow • fRING-fast
Function Timer Mode
Pulse Output Mode
Event Counter Mode
provided
provided
provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
Pulse Width Measurement provided
Mode
Pulse Period Measurement provided
Mode
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
Programmable Waveform not provided
Generation Mode
Programmable one-shot
generation mode
not provided
provided
Programmable Wait One- not provided
Shot Generation Mode
provided
Input Capture Mode
not provided
not provided
CNTR0
not provided
not provided
provided
provided
TCIN
Output Compare Mode
Input Pin
INT0
Output Pin
CNTR0
CNTR0
TZOUT
CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
Timer C interrupt
INT3 interrupt
Compare 0 interrupt
Compare 1 interrupt
provided
Related Interrupt
Timer Stop
Timer X interrupt
INT1 interrupt
Timer Y interrupt
INT0 interrupt
provided
provided
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 83 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1 Timer X
Timer X is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler.
The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and counter. The reload register and counter are
allocated at the same address. When accessing the PREX and TX registers, the reload register and
counter can be accessed (Refer to Tables 13.2 to 13.6 the Specification of Each Modes).
Figure 13.1 shows the Block Diagram of Timer X. Figures 13.2 and 13.3 show the registers associated
with Timer X.
Timer X contains five operating modes listed as follows:
• Timer mode:
The timer counts an internal count source.
• Pulse output mode:
The timer counts an internal count source and outputs the
pulses which inverts the polarity by underflow of the timer.
• Event counter mode:
The timer counts external pulses.
• Pulse width measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse width of an external pulse
• Pulse period measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse period of an external pulse.
Data bus
TXCK1 to TXCK0
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0
=00b
Reload register
Reload register
f1
f8
fRING
f2
=00b or 01b
=01b
=10b
=11b
=11b
Counter
Counter
Timer X interrupt
INT1 interrupt
=10b
PREX register
TX register
CNTRSEL=1
CNTRSEL=0
TXS bit
INT11/CNTR01
INT10/CNTR00
Polarity
switching
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0
bits=01b
R0EDG=1
R0EDG=0
Q
Q
Toggle flip-flop
CK
CLR
TXOCNT bit
Write to TX register
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0 bits=01b
CNTR0
TXMOD0 to TXMOD1, R0EDG, TXS, TXOCNT : Bits in TXMR register
TXCK0 to TXCK1 : Bits in TCSS register
CNTRSEL : Bit in UCON register
Figure 13.1
Block Diagram of Timer X
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 84 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
TXMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
0 1 : Pulse output mode
1 0 : Event counter mode
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
RW
____
Function varies depending on operating mode
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
R0EDG
TXS
RW
RW
RW
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
_______
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
Function varies depending on operating mode
TXOCNT
Operating Mode Select Bit 2
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
TXMOD2
RW
Active Edge Reception Flag
Timer X Underflow Flag
Function varies depending on operating mode
Function varies depending on operating mode
TXEDG
TXUND
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. Refer to
for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.2
TXMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 85 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Prescaler X Register
13.Timers
b7
b0
Symbol
PREX
Address
008Ch
After Reset
FFh
Mode
Timer Mode
Function
Setting Range
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
RW
RW
RW
Counts internal count source
Counts internal count source
Counts input pulses from external
Pulse Output Mode
Event Counter Mode
00h to FFh
RW
Measures pulse w idth of input pulses from
external (counts internal count source)
Pulse Width
Measurement Mode
00h to FFh
RW
Measures pulse period of input pulses from
external (counts internal count source)
Pulse Period
Measurement Mode
00h to FFh
RW
Timer X Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TX
Address
008Dh
After Reset
FFh
Function
Setting Range
RW
RW
Counts underflow of Prescaler X
00h to FFh
Timer Count Source Setting Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0
Symbol
TCSS
Address
008Eh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Timer X Count Source Select
Bit(1)
b1 b0
TXCK0
TXCK1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : fRING
1 1 : f2
RW
—
(b3-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
Timer Z Count Source Select
Bit(1)
b5 b4
TZCK0
TZCK1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : Selects Timer X underflow
1 1 : f2
RW
RW
—
(b7-b6)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Do not sw itch a count source during a count operation. Stop the timer count before sw itching a count
source.
Figure 13.3
PREX, TX and TCSS Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 86 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1.1 Timer Mode
Timer mode is mode to count the count source which is internally generated (See Table 13.2
Specification of Timer Mode). Figure 13.4 shows the TXMR Register in Timer Mode.
Table 13.2
Specification of Timer Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, fRING
Count Operation
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and
the count is inherited
Divide Ratio
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Pin
Function
Programmable I/O port, or INT1 interrupt input
Programmable I/O port
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
b1 b0
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
R0EDG
TXS
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
RW
RW
____
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1, 2)
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
RW
TXOCNT Set to “0” in timer mode
TXMOD2 Operating Mode Select Bit 2
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode RW
TXEDG
TXUND
Set to “0” in timer mode
Set to “0” in timer mode
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
.
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
____
2. This bit is used to select the polarity of INT1 interrupt in timer mode.
3. Refer to for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.4
TXMR Register in Timer Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 87 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1.2 Pulse Output Mode
Pulse output mode is mode to count the count source internally generated and outputs the pulse
which inverts the polarity from the CNTR0 pin each time the timer underflows (See Table 13.3
Specification of Pulse Output Mode). Figure 13.5 shows TXMR Register in Pulse Output Mode.
Table 13.3
Specification of Pulse Output Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, fRING
Count Operation
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and
the count is inherited
Divide Ratio
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Pulse output
INT10/CNTR00 Pin
Function
Programmable I/O port or inverted output of CNTR0
CNTR0 Pin Function
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
Read from timer
Write to Timer
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Select Function
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
(1)
The R0EDG bit can select the polarity level when the pulse output starts
• Inverted pulse output function
The pulse which inverts the polarity of the CNTR0 output can be output from
the CNTR0 pin (selected by TXOCNT bit)
NOTES:
1. The level of the output pulse becomes the level when the pulse output starts when the TX register is
written to.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 88 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
0 1
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
b1 b0
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
R0EDG
TXS
0 1 : Pulse output mode
RW
RW
RW
RW
____
0 : CNTR0 signal output starts at “H”
1 : CNTR0 signal output starts at “L”
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
_______
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
0 : Port P3_7
_______
TXOCNT
1 : CNTR0 output
TXMOD2 Set to “0” in pulse output mode
RW
RW
RW
TXEDG
TXUND
Set to “0” in pulse output mode
Set to “0” in pulse output mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
.
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
2. Refer to
for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.5
TXMR Register in Pulse Output Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 89 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1.3 Event Counter Mode
Event counter mode is mode to count an external signal which inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See
Table 13.4 Specification of Event Counter Mode). Figure 13.6 shows TXMR Register in Event
Counter Mode.
Table 13.4
Specification of Event Counter Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
External signal which is input to CNTR0 pin (Active edge is selectable by
software)
Count Operation
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and
the count is inherited
Divide Ratio
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
Count source input
(INT1 interrupt input)
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Pin
Function
Programmable I/O port
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is written
to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following count
source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second count
source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Select Function
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select the active edge of the count source.
• Count source input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01 pin
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 90 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
1 0
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
RW
b1 b0
TXMOD0 Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
1 0 : Event Counter Mode
TXMOD1
____
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
R0EDG
RW
RW
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
TXS
TXOCNT Set to “0” in event counter mode
TXMOD2 Set to “0” in event counter mode
RW
RW
RW
RW
TXEDG
TXUND
Set to “0” in event counter mode
Set to “0” in event counter mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
.
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
2. Ref er to
for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.6
TXMR Register in Event Counter Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 91 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Pulse width measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse width of an external signal which
inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See Table 13.5 Specification of Pulse Width Measurement
Mode). Figure 13.7 shows the TXMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode. Figure 13.8
shows an Operating Example in Pulse Width Measurement Mode.
Table 13.5
Specification of Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Item Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, fRING
Count Operation
• Decrement
• Continuously counts the selected signal only when the measurement pulse is
“H” level, or conversely only “L” level.
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded
and the count is inherited
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
• When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
• Rising or falling of the CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1
interrupt]
Generation Timing
Measurement pulse input (INT1 interrupt input)
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Pin
Function
Programmable I/O port
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value
is written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Select Function
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select during “H” or “L” level as the input pulse
measurement
• Measurement pulse input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01
pin
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 92 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
1 1
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
RW
TXMOD0 Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
b1 b0
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
TXMOD1
____
[CNTR0]
0 : Measures “L” level w idth
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
R0EDG
1 : Measures “H” level w idth
______
[INT1]
RW
RW
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
TXS
TXOCNT Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
TXMOD2 Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
RW
RW
RW
RW
TXEDG
TXUND
Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
.
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
2. Ref er to
for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.7
TXMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 93 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
n = high-level: the contents of TX register, low-level: the contents of PREX register
FFFFh
n
Count Start
Underflow
Count Stop
Count Stop
Count Start
Period
0000h
Set to “1” by program
“1”
“0”
TXS Bit in
TXMR Register
“1”
“0”
Measurement Pulse
(CNTR0i Pin Input)
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
“1”
“0”
IR Bit in INT1IC
Register
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
“1”
“0”
IR Bit in TXIC
Register
Conditions: “H” level width of measurement pulse is measured. (R0EDG=1)
i=0 to 1
Figure 13.8
Operating Example in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 94 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.1.5 Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Pulse period measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse period of an external signal which
inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See Table 13.6 Specification of Pulse Period Measurement
Mode). Figure 13.9 shows the TXMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode. Figure 13.10
shows an Operating Example in Pulse Period Measurement Mode.
Table 13.6
Specification of Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Item Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, fRING
Count Operation
• Decrement
• After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, contents for the read-out
buffer are retained at the first underflow of prescaler X. Then timer X reloads
contents in the reload register at the second underflow of prescaler X and
continues counting.
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Write “1” (count start) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register
• When timer X underflows or reloads [timer X interrupt]
• Rising or falling of CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1 interrupt]
Generation Timing
(1)
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Pin
Function
Measurement pulse input (INT1 interrupt input)
Programmable I/O port
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Contents in the read-out buffer can be read by reading the TX register. The
value retained in the read-out buffer is released by reading TX register.
Write to Timer
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value
is written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Select Function
• INT1/CNTR0 polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select the measurement period of input pulse.
• Measurement pulse input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01
pin.
NOTES:
1. Input the pulse whose period is longer than twice of the prescaler X period. Input the longer pulse for
“H” width and “L” width than the prescaler X period. If the shorter pulse than the period is input to the
CNTR0 pin, the input may be disabled.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 95 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0
0 0
Symbol
TXMR
Address
008Bh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
b1 b0
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
RW
RW
RW
____
[CNTR0]
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
0 : Measures measurement pulse from one
rising edge to next rising edge
1 : Measures measurement pulse from one
falling edge to next falling edge
R0EDG
_____
[INT1]
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
TXS
TXOCNT Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
RW
RW
TXMOD2 Operating Mode Select Bit 2
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
Active Edge Reception Flag
TXEDG(2)
0 : Active edge not received
1 : Active edge received
RW
RW
Timer X underflow flag
0 : No underflow
1 : Underflow
(2)
TXUND
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Ref er to
.
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
2. This bit is set to “0” by w riting “0” in a program. (It remains unchanged even if w riting “1”)
3. Refer to for precautions on the TXS bit.
20.4.2 Timer X
Figure 13.9
TXMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 96 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Underflow Signal of
Prescaler X
Set to “1” by program
TXS Bit in TXMR
“1”
Register
“0”
Starts
counting
“1”
“0”
CNTR0i Pin Input
Timer X
reloads
Timer X
reloads
Timer X
reloads
Contents of Timer X
0Fh 0Eh 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh 0Ch 0Bh 0Ah 09h 08h 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh
01h 00h 0Fh 0Eh
(7)
Retained(7)
Retained
Contents of
Read-Out Buffer1
0Fh
0Eh
0Ah 09h
08h
0Dh
Timer X read(3)
01h 00h 0Fh 0Eh
Timer X read(3)
(2)
(2)
TXEDG Bit in
TXMR Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” by program(4)
(6)
TXUND Bit in
TXMR Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” by program(5)
IR Bit in
TXIC Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in INT1IC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
Conditions: A period from one rising edge to the next rising edge of measurement pulse is measured (R0EDG=0)
with the default value of the TX register as 0Fh.
i=0 to 1
NOTES :
1. The contents of the read-out buffer can be read when the TX register is read in pulse period measurement mode.
2. After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, the TXEDG bit in the TXMR register is set to “1” (active edge found)
when the prescale X underflows for the second time.
3. The TX register should be read before the next active edge is input after the TXEDG bit is set to “1” (active edge found).
The contents in the read-out buffer is retained until the TX register is read. If the TX register is not read before the next
active edge is input, the measured result of the previous period is retained.
4. When set to “0” by program, use a MOV instruction to write “0” to the TXEDG in the TXMR register. At the same time,
write “1” to the TXUND bit.
5. When set to “0” by program, use a MOV instruction to write “0” to the TXUND in the TXMR register. At the same time,
write “1” to the TXEDG bit.
6. The TXUND and TXEDG bits are both set to “1” if the timer underflows and reloads on an active edge simultaneously.
In this case, the validity of the TXUND bit should be determined by the contents of the read-out buffer.
7. If the CNTR0 active edge is input, when the prescaler X underflow signal is “H” level, its count value is the one of the
read buffer. If “L” level, the following count value is the one of the read buffer.
Figure 13.10 Operating Example in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 97 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.2 Timer Z
Timer Z is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler. The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and
counter. The reload register and counter are allocated at the same address. Refer to the Tables 13.7 to
13.12 for the Specification of Each Modes. Timer Z contains the timer Z primary and timer Z
secondary as the reload register.
Figure 13.11 shows the Block Diagram of Timer Z. Figures 13.12 to 13.15 show the TZMR, PREZ,
TZSC, TZPR, TZOC, PUM, and TCSS registers.
Timer Z contains the following four operating modes.
• Timer mode:
The timer counts an internal count source or
Timer X underflow.
• Programmable waveform generation mode:
The timer outputs pulses of a given width
successively
• Programmable one-shot generation mode:
The timer outputs one-shot pulse.
• Programmable wait one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs delayed one-shot pulse.
Data Bus
TZSC Register
Reload Register Reload Register
TZPR Register
Reload Register
TZCK1 to TZCK0
=00b
f1
=01b
f8
Counter
Counter
Timer Z Interrupt
=10b
Timer X Underflow
PREZ Register
=11b
f2
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=10b, 11b
TZOS
TZS
INT0 Interrupt
Input polarity selected to
be one edge or both edges
INT0
Digital Filter
Polarity
Select
INT0PL
INT0EN
INOSEG
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=01b, 10b, 11b
TZOCNT=0
TZOPL=1
Toggle
Flip-Flop
Q
Q
CK
TZOUT
CLR
P1_3 bit in P1 Register
TZOPL=0
Write to TZMR Register
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0
=01b, 10b, 11b
TZOCNT=1
TZOPL, INOSTG : Bits in PUM register
TZCK0 to TZCK1 : Bits in TCSS register
INT0EN, INT0PL : Bits in INTEN register
TZMOD0 to TZMOD1, TZS : Bits in TZMR register
TZOS, TZOCNT : Bits in TZOC register
Figure 13.11 Block Diagram of Timer Z
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 98 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer Z Mode Register
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
After Reset
00h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b3-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Operating Mode
Bit
b5 b4
0 0 : Timer mode
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
RW
RW
0 1 : Programmable w aveform generation mode
1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode
1 1 : Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit Functions varies depending on operating mode
TZWC
TZS
RW
RW
Timer Z Count Start
Flag(1)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. Refer to
for precautions on the TZS bit.
20.4.3 Timer Z
Figure 13.12 TZMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 99 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Prescaler Z Register
13.Timers
b7
b0
Symbol
PREZ
Address
0085h
After Reset
FFh
Mode
Function
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
Setting Range
00h to FFh
RW
RW
Timer Mode
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
RW
RW
RW
Programmable One-shot
Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
Programmable Wait One-
shot Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
Timer Z Secondary Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TZSC
Mode
Address
0086h
Function
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
RW
—
Disabled
Timer Mode
—
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z(1)
Disabled
00h to FFh
WO(2)
—
Programmable One-shot
Generation Mode
—
Programmable Wait One-
shot Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z (one-shot
w idth is counted)
00h to FFh
WO
NOTES :
1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted.
2. The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR register even w hen the secondary period is being
counted.
Timer Z Primary Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TZPR
Mode
Address
0087h
After Reset
FFh
Function
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
Setting Range
00h to FFh
RW
RW
Timer Mode
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z(1)
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
RW
RW
RW
Programmable One-shot
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
(counts one-shot w idth)
Programmable Wait One-
shot Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
(counts w ait period)
NOTES :
1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted.
Figure 13.13 PREZ, TZSC and TZPR Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 100 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer Z Output Control Register(3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
Address
008Ah
After Reset
00h
TZOC
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Timer Z One-shot Start Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
0 : One-shot stops
1 : One-shot starts
TZOS
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
—
Timer Z Programmable Waveform
Generation Output Sw itch Bit(2)
0 : Outputs programmable w aveform
1 : Outputs value in P1_3 port register
TZOCNT
—
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. This bit is set to “0” w hen the output of one-shot w aveform is completed. Set the TZOS bit to “0” w hen the
w aveform output is stopped by setting the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “0” (count stop) during the one-shot
w aveform output.
2. This bit is enabled only w hen operating in programmable w aveform generation mode.
3. If executing an instruction w hich changes this register w hen the TZOS bit is set to “1” (during count), the TZOS bit is
automatically set to “0” (one-shot stop) w hen the count is completed w hile the instruction is executed. If this causes
some problems, execute an instruction w hich changes this register w hen the TZOS
bit is set to “0” (one-shot stop).
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
PUM
Address
0084h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b4-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch
Function varies depending on operating
TZOPL
INOSTG
INOSEG
RW
RW
RW
mode
____
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger Control
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
____
Bit (Timer Z)(2)
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
0 : Falling edge trigger
1 : Rising edge trigger
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger Polarity
Select Bit (Timer Z)(1)
NOTES :
1. When the INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
2. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” w hen setting the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register.
Figure 13.14 TZOC and PUM Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 101 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer Count Source Setting Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0
Symbol
TCSS
Address
008Eh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Timer X Count Source Select Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
b1 b0
TXCK0
TXCK1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : fRING
1 1 : f2
RW
—
(b3-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
Timer Z Count Source Select Bit(1)
b5 b4
TZCK0
TZCK1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : Selects Timer X underflow
1 1 : f2
RW
RW
—
(b7-b6)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Do not sw itch a count source during a count operation. Stop the timer count before sw itching a count
source.
Figure 13.15 TCSS Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 102 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.2.1 Timer Mode
Timer mode is mode to count a count source which is internally generated or Timer X underflow (see
Table 13.7 Specification of Timer Mode). The TZSC register is unused in timer mode. Figure 13.16
shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in Timer Mode.
Table 13.7
Specification of Timer Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
Count Operation
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the reload register contents before the
count continues (When Timer Z underflows, the contents of Timer Z primary
reload register is reloaded)
Divide Ratio
1/(n+1)(m+1) fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count starts) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stops) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When Timer Z underflows [Timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function Programmable I/O port
INT0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers
(1)
• When writing to the TZPR and PREZ registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
Write to Timer
• When writing to the TZPR and PREZ registers during the count while the TZWC
bit is set to “0” (writing to the reload register and counter simultaneously), the
value is written to each reload register of the TZPR and PREZ registers at the
following count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the
second count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
When the TZWC bit is set to “1” (writing to only the reload register), the value is
written to each reload register of the TZPR and PREZ registers (the data is
transferred to the counter at the following reload).
NOTES:
1. The IR bit in the TZIC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when writing to the TZPR or PREZ
register while both of the following conditions are met.
<Conditions>
• TZWC bit in TZMR register is set to “0” (write to reload register and counter simultaneously)
• TZS bit in TZMR register is set to “1” (count starts)
When writing to the TZPR or PREZ register in the above state, disable an interrupt before writing.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 103 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer Z Mode Register
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
After Reset
00h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b3-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
b5 b4
TZMOD0 Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
TZMOD1
RW
RW
0 0 : Timer mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit(1) 0 : Write to reload register and counter
TZWC
TZS
RW
RW
1 : Write to reload register only
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2) 0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), the setting value in the TZWC bit is enabled. When the TZWC bit is set to
“0”, Timer Z count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter. Timer Z count value is w ritten to the reload
register only. When the TZS bit is set to “0” (count stop), Timer Z count value is w ritten to both reload register and
counter regardless of the setting value in the TZWC bit.
2. Refer to
for precautions on the TZS bit.
20.4.3 Timer Z
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
PUM
Address
0084h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b4-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch Set to “0” in timer mode
TZOPL
INOSTG
INOSEG
RW
RW
RW
____
Set to “0” in timer mode
Set to “0” in timer mode
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
Control Bit
___
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit
Figure 13.16 TZMR and PUM Registers in Timer Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 104 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.2.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Programmable waveform generation mode is mode to invert the signal output from the TZOUT pin
each time the counter underflows, while the values in the TZPR and TZSC registers are counted
alternately (See Table 13.8 Specification of Programmable Waveform Generation Mode). A
counting starts by counting the value set in the TZPR register. Figure 13.17 shows TZMR and PUM
Registers in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode. Figure 13.18 shows Operating Example of
Timer Z in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode.
Table 13.8
Specification of Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
Count Operation
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of the primary reload and
secondary reload registers alternately before the count continues.
Width and Period of
Output Waveform
Primary period: (n+1)(m+1)/fi
Secondary period: (n+1)(p+1)/fi
Period: (n+1){(m+1)+(p+1)}/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: Setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register, p: setting
value in TZSC register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count start) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stop) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
In half of count source, after Timer Z underflows during secondary period (at the
same time as the TZout output change) [Timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
INT0 Pin Function
Read from timer
Write to timer
Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input
(1)
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers
.
The value written to the TZSC, PREZ and TZPR registers is written to the reload
(2)
register only
Select function
• Output level latch select function
The TZOPL bit can select the output level during primary and secondary
periods.
• Programmable waveform generation output switch function
When the TZOCNT bit in the TZOC register is set to “0”, the output from the
TZOUT pin is inverted synchronously when Timer Z underflows. And when
(3)
setting to “1”, output the value in the P1_3 bit from the TZOUT pin
NOTES:
1. Even when counting the secondary period, read out the TZPR register.
2. The setting value in the TZPR register and TZSC register are made effective by writing a value to
the TZPR register. The set values are reflected to the waveform output beginning with the following
primary period after writing to the TZPR register.
3. The TZOCNT bit is enabled by the followings.
• When count starts.
• When the timer Z interrupt request is generated. The contents after the TZOCNT bit is changed
are reflected from the output of the following primary period.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 105 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer Z Mode Register
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
After Reset
00h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b3-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
b5 b4
TZMOD0 Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
TZMOD1
RW
RW
0 1 : Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit
TZWC
Set to “1” in programmable w aveform generation
mode(1)
RW
RW
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2)
TZS
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Ref er to
for precautions on the TZS bit.
20.4.3 Timer Z
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
PUM
Address
0084h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b4-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch
0 : Outputs “H” for primary period
Outputs “L” for secondary period
Outputs “L” w hen the timer is stopped
1 : Outputs “L” for primary period
Outputs “H” for secondary period
Outputs “H” w hen the timer is stopped
TZOPL
RW
____
Set to “0” in programmable w aveform generation
mode
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
INOSTG
INOSEG
RW
RW
Control Bit
____
Set to “0” in programmable w aveform generation
mode
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit
Figure 13.17 TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 106 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Set to “1” by program
“1”
TZS Bit in
TZMR Register
“0”
Count Source
Prescaler Z
Underflow Signal
Timer Z
secondary
reloads
Timer Z
primary
reloads
01h
00h
02h
01h
00h
01h
00h
02h
Contents of Timer Z
Set to “0” when interrupt request
is acknowledged, or set by
program
“1”
“0”
IR Bit in
TZIC Register
Set to "0" by program
“1”
“0”
TZOPL Bit in
PUM Register
Waveform
output inverts
Waveform
output starts
Waveform
output inverts
“H”
“L”
TZOUT Pin Output
Primary period
Secondary period
Primary period
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h, TZSC=02h
TZOC register TZOCNT bit = 0
Figure 13.18 Operating Example of Timer Z in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 107 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.2.3 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode
Programmable one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT pin
by a program or an external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin). (see Table 13.9 Specification of
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode). When a trigger is generated, the timer starts
operating from the point only once for a given period equal to the set value in the TZPR register. The
TZSC register is unused in this mode. Figure 13.19 shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode. Figure 13.20 shows an Operating Example in
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode.
Table 13.9
Specification of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Item
Specification
Count Source
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
Count Operation
• Decrement the setting value in the TZPR register
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of the reload register before
the count completes and the TZOS bit is set to “0” (one-shot stops).
• When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before
it stops.
One-Shot Pulse
Output Time
(n+1)(m+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency, n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in
TZPR register
(1)
Count Start Condition
• Set the TZOS bit in the TZOC register to “1” (one-shot starts)
• Input active trigger to the INT0 pin
(2)
Count Stop Condition • When reloading completes after the count value is set to “00h”
• When the TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops)
• When the TZOS bit in the TZOC register is set to “0” (one-shot stops)
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
In half cycles of count source, after the timer underflows (at the same time as the
TZOUT output ends) [Timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
INT0 Pin Function
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (INT0 one-shot trigger
disabled)
programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “1” (INT0 one-shot trigger
enabled)
external trigger (INT0 interrupt input))
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers.
The value written to the TZPR and PREZ registers is written to the reload register
(3)
only
.
Select Function
• Output level latch select function
The TZOPL bit can select the output level of the one-shot pulse waveform.
• INT0 pin one-shot trigger control and polarity select functions
The INOSTG bit can select the trigger input from the INT0 pin is active or
inactive. Also, the INOSEG bit can select the active trigger polarity.
NOTES:
1. Set the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “1” (count starts).
2. Set the TZS bit to “1” (count starts), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to “1” (enables INT0 input),
and the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to “1” (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled). A trigger which is
input during the count cannot be acknowledged, however the INT0 interrupt request is generated.
3. The set value is reflected at the following one-shot pulse after writing to the TZPR register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 108 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer Z Mode Register
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
After Reset
00h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b3-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
TZMOD0 Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
TZMOD1
RW
RW
b5 b4
1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit
TZWC
Set to “1” in programmable one-shot generation
mode(1)
RW
RW
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2) 0 : Stops counting
TZS
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Refer to
for precautions on the TZS bit.
20.4.3 Timer Z
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
PUM
Address
0084h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b4-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch 0 : Outputs one-shot pulse “H”
Outputs “L” w hen the timer is stopped
TZOPL
RW
1 : Outputs one-shot pulse “L”
Outputs “H” w hen the timer is stopped
____
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
____
INOSTG
INOSEG
RW
RW
Control Bit(1)
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger 0 : Falling edge trigger
Polarity Select Bit(2)
1 : Rising edge trigger
NOTES :
1. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM
____
register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to “1” (INT0 pin_o__n_e-shot trigger enabled), set the INT0F0 to
INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register. Set the INOSTG bit to “0” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the
TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
Figure 13.19 TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 109 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Set to "1" by program
"1"
TZS Bit in TZMR
Register
"0"
Set to "0" when
counting ends
Set to "1" by INT0 pin
input trigger
Set to "1" by program
"1"
"0"
TZOS Bit in TZOC
Register
Count Source
Prescaler Z
Underflow Signal
"1"
"0"
INT0 Pin Input
Count
starts
Count
starts
Timer Z
primary
reloads
Timer Z
primary
reloads
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
Contents of Timer Z
Set to "0" when interrupt request i s
acknowledged, or set to "0" by
program
"1"
"0"
IR Bit in TZIC
Register
Set to "0" by program
"1"
"0"
TZOPL bit in PUM
Register
Waveform
output ends
Waveform
output ends
Waveform
output starts
Waveform
output starts
"H"
"L"
TZOUT Pin Input
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h
TZOPL bit in PUM register=0, INOSTG bit=1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled)
INOSEG bit=1 (edge trigger at rising edge)
Figure 13.20 Operating Example in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 110 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.2.4 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Programmable wait one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT
pin by the external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin) (see Table 13.10 Specification of
Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications). When a trigger is generated
from this point, the timer starts outputting pulses only once for a given length of time equal to the
setting value in the TZSC register after waiting for a given length of time equal to the setting value in
the TZPR register. Figure 13.21 shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Wait One-
Shot Generation Mode. Figure 13.22 shows an Operating Example in Programmable Wait One-Shot
Generation Mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 111 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Table 13.10 Specification of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications
Item Specification
Count Source
Count Operation
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
• Decrement the setting value in Timer Z primary
• When a count of TZPR register underflows, the timer reloads the
contents of the TZSC register before the count continues.
• When a count of the TZSC register underflows, the timer reloads the
contents of the TZPR register before the count completes and the TZOS
bit is set to “0”.
• When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register
before it stops.
Wait Time
(n+1)(m+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register
One-Shot Pulse Output Time (n+1)(p+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, p: setting value in TZSC register
(1)
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
• Set the TZOS bit in the TZOC register to “1” (one-shot starts)
(2)
• Input active trigger to the INT0 pin
• When reloading completes after Timer Z underflows during secondary
period
• When the TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops)
• When the TZOS bit in the TZOC register is set to “0” (one-shot stops)
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
In half cycles of the count source after Timer Z underflows during
secondary period (complete at the same time as waveform output from the
TZOUT pin) [timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function
INT0 Pin Function
Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (INT0 one-shot
trigger disabled), programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “1” (INT0 one-shot
trigger enabled), external trigger (INT0 interrupt input)
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ
registers.
The value written to the TZPR register, PREZ and TZSC register is written
(3)
to reload register only
.
Select Function
• Output level latch select function
The output level for the one-shot pulse waveform is selected by the
TZOPL bit.
• INT0 pin one-shot trigger control function and polarity select function
Trigger input from the INT0 pin can be set to active or inactive by the
INOSTG bit. Also, an active trigger's polarity can be selected by the
INOSEG bit.
NOTES:
1. Set the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “1” (count starts).
2. Set the TZS bit to “1” (count starts), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to “1” (enables INT0 input),
and the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to “1” (enabling INT0 one-shot trigger). A trigger which is
input during the count cannot be acknowledged, however the INT0 interrupt request is generated.
3. The setting values are reflected beginning with the following one-shot pulse after writing to the
TZPR register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 112 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer Z Mode Register
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
After Reset
00h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b3-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
b5 b4
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
TZWC
TZS
RW
RW
RW
RW
1 1 : Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit
Set to “1” in programmable w ait one-shot generation
mode(1)
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2) 0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Ref er to
for precautions on the TZS bit.
20.4.3 Timer Z
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
PUM
Address
0084h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b4-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch
0 : Outputs one-shot pulse “H”
Outputs “L” w hen the timer is stopped
1 : Outputs one-shot pulse “L”
TZOPL
RW
Outputs “H” w hen the timer is stopped
____
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
____
INOSTG
INOSEG
RW
RW
Control Bit(1)
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
0 : Falling edge trigger
1 : Rising edge trigger
____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit(2)
NOTES :
1. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM
____
register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to “1” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled), set the INT0F0 to
____
INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register. Set the INOSTG bit to “0” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the
TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
Figure 13.21 TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 113 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Set to "1" by program
TZS Bit TZMR
Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "1" by program, or set to "1" by INT0
pin input trigger
Set to "0" when
counting ends
TZOS Bit in TZOC
Register
"1"
"0"
Count Source
Prescaler Z Underflow
Signal
"1"
"0"
INT0 Pin Input
Timer Z secondary
reloads
Timer Z primary
reloads
Count starts
01h
00h
02h
01h
00h
01h
Contents of Timer Z
Set to "0" when interrupt request is
accepted, or set by program
"1"
"0"
IR Bit in TZIC
Register
Set to "0" by program
TZOPL Bit in PUM
Register
"1"
"0"
Waveform output starts
Waveform output ends
Wait starts
"H"
"L"
TZOUT Pin Output
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h, TZSC=02h
PUM register TZOPL bit=0, INOSTG bit=1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled)
INOSEG bit= 1 (rising edge trigger)
Figure 13.22 Operating Example in Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 114 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.3 Timer C
Timer C is a 16-bit timer. Figure 13.23 shows the Block Diagram of Timer C. Figure 13.24 shows the
Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Generation Unit. Figure 13.25 shows the Block Diagram of CMP
Waveform Output Unit.
Timer C has two modes: input capture mode and output compare mode. Figure 13.26 to 13.29 show the
Timer C-associated registers.
TCC11 to TCC10
Sampling
Clock
=01b
f1
=10b
f8
=11b
Other than
00b
f32
TCC07=0
Digital
Filter
Edge
Detection
INT3/TCIN
INT3 Interrupt
=00b
TCC07=1
fRING128
Transfer Signal
Higher 8 Bits
Lower 8 Bits
Capture and Compare 0 Register
TM0 Register
Compare Circuit 0
Compare 0 Interrupt
Timer C Interrupt
TCC02 to TCC01
=00b
f1
Higher 8 bits
Lower 8 bits
=01b
f8
=10b
f32
Counter
=11b
TC register
fRING-fast
TYC00
TCC12
=0
TCC12=1
Timer C Counter Reset Signal
Compare 1 Interrupt
Compare circuit 1
Higher 8 bits
Lower 8 bits
Compare register 1
TM1 register
TCC01 to TCC02, TCC07: Bits in TCC0 register
TCC10 to TCC12: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 13.23 Block Diagram of Timer C
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 115 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
TCC14
TCC15
Compare 0 Interrupt Signal
Compare 1 Interrupt Signal
TCC16
TCC17
TCC17 to TCC16
=11b
H
L
T
Latch
R
CMP Output
(internal Signal)
D
Q
=10b
=01b
Reverse
Reset
TCC15 to TCC14
=01b
Reverse
L
=10b
=11b
H
TCC14 to TCC17: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 13.24 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Generation Unit
PD1_0
TCOUT6=0
CMP Output
(Internal Signal)
TCOUT0
TCOUT0=1
TCOUT0=0
Inverted
TCOUT6=1
CMP0_0
P1_0
Register
Bit
TCOUT
P1
TCOUT
CMP0_0 Output
TCOUT0
P1_0
TCOUT6
Setting Value
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
CMP0_0 waveform output
CMP0_0 reversed waveform output
“L” output
“H” output
This diagram is a block diagram of the CMP0_0 waveform output unit.
The CMP0_1 to CMP0_2 and CMP1_0 to CMP1_2 waveform output units are the same configurations.
Figure 13.25 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 116 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer C Register
13.Timers
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
TC
Address
0091h-0090h
After Reset
0000h
Function
RW
RO
Counts the internal count source.
“0000h” can be read out by reading w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stops).
Count value can be read out by reading w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “1” (count starts).
Capture and Compare 0 Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
TM0
Address
009Dh-009Ch
After Reset
0000h(2)
Mode
Function
RW
RO
When the active edge of measurement pulse is input, store
the value in the TC register
Input Capture Mode
Mode
Function
Setting Range
RW
RW
Output compare Mode(1)
Store the value compared w ith Timer C 0000h to FFFFh
NOTES :
1. When setting the value to the TM0 register, set the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register to “1” (compare 0 output selected).
When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (capture selected), the value cannot be w ritten.
2. When setting the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register to “1”, the value after reset is “FFFFh”.
Compare 1 Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
TM1
Address
After Reset
FFFFh
009Fh-009Eh
Mode
Function
Setting Range
RW
RW
Output Compare Mode
Store the value compared w ith Timer C 0000h to FFFFh
Figure 13.26 TC, TM0 and TM1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 117 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Timer C Control Register 0
13.Timers
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
Address
009Ah
After Reset
00h
TCC0
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Timer C Count Start Bit
0 : Stops counting
TCC00
TCC01
1 : Starts counting
Timer C Count Source Select Bit(1)
b2 b1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : f32
1 1 : fRING-fast
TCC02
TCC03
TCC04
____
b4 b3
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Polarity
Select Bit(1, 2)
0 0 : Rising edge
0 1 : Falling edge
1 0 : Both edges
1 1 : Do not set
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
____
____
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Input
0 : INT3 Interrupt is generated
Bit(2, 3)
synchronizing w ith Timer C count source
____
TCC06
RW
RW
1 : INT3 Interrupt is generated w hen
____
INT3 interrupt is input(4)
____
____
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Input
Sw itch Bit(1, 2)
0 : INT3
TCC07
1 : fRING128
NOTES :
1. Change this bit w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The IR bit in the INT3IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the TCC03, TCC04, TCC06 and TCC07
bits are rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
____
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “1” (output compare mode) and INT3 interrupt is input, regardless of the
setting value of the TCC06 bit, an interrupt request is generated.
____
____
4. When using the INT3 filter, the INT3 interrupt is generated synchronizing w ith the clock for the digital filter.
Figure 13.27 TCC0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 118 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer C Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
009Bh
After Reset
00h
TCC1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
INT3 Filter Select Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
____
b1 b0
TCC10
TCC11
0 0 : No filter
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
Timer C Counter Reload Select 0 : No reload
Bit(3)
1 : Set TC register to “0000h” w hen compare 1
TCC12
TCC13
is matched
Compare 0 / Capture Select
Bit(2)
0 : Select capture (input capture mode)(3)
1 : Select compare 0 output
RW
(output compare mode)
Compare 0 Output Mode Select
Bit(3)
b5 b4
0 0 : CMPoutput remains unchanged even
w hen compare 0 matches
0 1 : CMPoutput is reversed w hen compare 0
TCC14
TCC15
TCC16
TCC17
signal matches
RW
1 0 : CMPoutput is set to “L” w hen compare 0
signal matches
1 1 : CMPoutput is set to “H” w hen compare 0
signal matches
Compare 1 Output Mode Select
Bit(3)
b7 b6
0 0 : CMPoutput remains unchanged even
w hen compare 1 matches
0 1 : CMPoutput is reversed w hen compare 1
signal matches
RW
1 0 : CMPoutput is set to “L” w hen compare 1
signal matches
1 1 : CMPoutput is set to “H” w hen compare 1
signal matches
NOTES :
____
1. When the same value from the INT3 pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
2. When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops), rew rite the TCC13 bit.
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (input capture mode), set the TCC12, TCC14 to TCC17 bits to “0”.
Figure 13.28 TCC1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 119 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Timer C Output Control Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TCOUT
Address
00FFh
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
CMPOutput Enable Bit 0
CMPOutput Enable Bit 1
CMPOutput Enable Bit 2
CMPOutput Enable Bit 3
CMPOutput Enable Bit 4
CMPOutput Enable Bit 5
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP0_0
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP0_0
TCOUT0
TCOUT1
TCOUT2
TCOUT3
TCOUT4
TCOUT5
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP0_1
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP0_1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP0_2
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP0_2
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP1_0
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP1_0
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP1_1
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP1_1
0 : Disables CMPoutput from CMP1_2
1 : Enables CMPoutput from CMP1_2
CMPOutput Reverse Bit 0 0 : Not reverse CMPoutput from CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
1 : Reverses CMPoutput from CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
TCOUT6
TCOUT7
RW
RW
CMPOutput Reverse Bit 1 0 : Not reverse CMPoutput from CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
1 : Reverses CMPoutput from CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
NOTES :
1. Set the bits w hich are not used for the CMPoutput to “0”
Figure 13.29 TCOUT Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 120 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.3.1 Input Capture Mode
Input capture mode is mode to input an edge to the TCIN pin or the fRING128 clock as trigger to latch
the timer value and generates an interrupt request. The TCIN input contains a digital filter and this
prevents an error caused by noise or so on from occurring. Table 13.11 shows Specification of Input
Capture Mode. Figure 13.30 shows an Operating Example in Input Capture Mode.
Table 13.11 Specification of Input Capture Mode
Item
Count Source
Specification
f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast
• Increment
Count Operation
• Transfer the value in the TC register to the TM0 register at the active edge
of measurement pulse
• The value in the TC register is set to “0000h” when the count stops
Count Start Condition
Counter Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “1” (count starts)
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
(1)
• When the active edge of measurement pulse is input [INT3 interrupt]
Generation Timing
• When Timer C overflows [Timer C interrupt]
Programmable I/O port or measurement pulse input (INT3 interrupt input)
Programmable I/O port
INT3/TCIN Pin Function
P1_0 to P1_2, P3_3 to
P3_5 Pin Function
Counter Value Reset
Timing
When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (capture disabled)
(2)
• The count value can be read out by reading the TC register.
• The count value at measurement pulse active edge input can be read out
by reading the TM0 register
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Write to the TC and TM0 registers is disabled
Select Function
• INT3/TCIN polarity select function
The TCC03 to TCC04 bits can select the active edge of measurement
pulse
• Digital filter function
The TCC11 to TCC10 bits can select the digital filter sampling frequency
• Trigger select function
The TCC07 bit can select the TCIN input or the fRING128
NOTES:
1. The digital filter delay and one count source (max.) delay are generated for the INT3 interrupt.
2. Read the TC and TM0 registers in 16-bit unit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 121 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
FFFFh
Overflow
Count Starts
←Measurement value 2
←
Measurement
value 3
←Measurement value 1
0000h
Period
Set to "0" by
program
Set to "1" by program
“1”
“0”
TCC00 Bit in
TCC0 Register
The delay caused by digital filter and
one count source cycle delay (max.)
Measurement Pulse
(TCIN Pin Input)
“1”
“0”
Transmit
Transmit
Transmit
(Measurement
value 3)
(Measurement (Measurement
value 1)
value 2)
Transmit Timing
from Timer C
Counter to TM0
Register
“1”
“0”
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Measurement
value 1
Measurement
value 3
TM0 Register
Measurement value 2
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in INT3IC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to "0" when interrupt
request is acknowledged, or set
by program
“1”
“0”
IR Bit in TCIC
Register
The above applies to the following conditions.
TCC0 register TCC04 to TCC03 bits=01b (capture input polarity is set for falling edge),
TCC07=0 (INT3/TCIN input as capture input trigger)
Figure 13.30 Operating Example in Input Capture Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 122 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
13.3.2 Output Compare Mode
Output compare mode is mode to generate an interrupt request when the value of the TC register
matches the value of the TM0 or TM1 register. Table 13.12 shows Specification of Output Compare
Mode. Figure 13.31 shows an Operating Example in Output Compare Mode.
Table 13.12 Specification of Output Compare Mode
Item
Count Source
Specification
f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast
• Increment
Count Operation
• The value in the TC register is set to “0000h” when a count stops
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “1” (count starts)
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
The TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits in the TCOUT register is set to “1” (enables
Count Start Condition
Counter Stop Condition
Waveform Output Start
Condition
(2)
CMP output).
Waveform Output Stop
Condition
The TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits in the TCOUT register is set to “0” (disables
CMP output).
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When a match occurs in the compare circuit 0 [compare 0 interrupt]
• When a match occurs in the compare circuit 1 [compare 1 interrupt]
• When Time C overflows [Timer C interrupt]
INT3/TCIN Pin Function
P1_0 to P1_2 Pins and
P3_0 to P3_2 Pins
Function
Programmable I/O port or INT3 interrupt input
(1)
Programmable I/O port or CMP output
Counter Value Reset
Timing
When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
(1)
• The value in the compare register can be read out by reading the TM0 and
TM1 registers.
Read from Timer
• The count value can be read out by reading the TC register.
(1)
• Write to the TC register is disabled.
Write to Timer
• The values written to the TM0 and TM1 registers are stored in the compare
register at the following timings:
- When the TM0 and TM1 registers are written if the TCC00 bit is set to “0”
(count stops)
- When the counter overflows if the TCC00 bit is set to “1” (during
counting) and the TCC12 bit in the TCC1 register is set to “0” (free-run)
- When the compare 1 matches a counter if the TCC00 bit is set to “1” and
the TCC12 bit is set to “1” (set the TC register to “0000h” when the
compare 1 matches)
Select Function
• Timer C counter reload select function
The TCC12 bit in the TCC1 register can select whether the counter value
in the TC register is set to “0000h” when the compare circuit 1 matches or
not.
• The TCC14 to TCC15 bits in the TCC1 register can select the output level
when the compare circuit 0 matches. The TCC16 to TCC17 bits in the
TCC1 register can select the output level when the compare circuit 1
matches.
• The TCOUT6 to TCOUT7 bits in the TCOUT register can select whether
the output is reversed or not.
NOTES:
1. When the corresponding port data is “1”, the waveform is output depending on the setting of the
registers TCC1 and TCOUT. When the corresponding port data is “0”, the fixed level is output (refer
to Figure 13.25 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit).
2. Access the TC, TM0, and TM1 registers in 16-bit units.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 123 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
13.Timers
Match
Set value in TM1 register
Set value in TM0 register
0000h
Count start
Match
Match
Time
Set to "1" by program
“1”
“0”
TCC00 bit in
TCC0 register
Set to “0” when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program
“1”
“0”
IR bit in CMP0IC
register
Set to “0” when interrupt request is
accepted, or set by program
“1”
“0”
IR bit in CMP1IC
register
“1”
“0”
CMP0_0 output
“1”
“0”
CMP1_0 output
Conditions :
TCC12 bit in TCC1 register = 1 (TC register is set to “0000h” at Compare 1 match occurrence )
TCC13 bit in TCC1 register = 1 (Compare 0 output selected)
TCC15 to TCC14 bits in TCC1 register = 11b (CMP output level is set to high at Compare 0 match occurrence)
TCC17 to TCC16 bits in TCC1 register = 10b (CMP output level is set to low at Compare 1 match occurrence)
TCOUT6 bit in TCOUT register = 0 (not reversed)
TCOUT7 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (reversed)
TCOUT0 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (CMP0_0 output enabled)
TCOUT3 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (CMP1_0 output enabled)
P1_0 bit in P1 register = 1 (high)
P3_0 bit in P3 register = 1 (high)
Figure 13.31 Operating Example in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 124 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14. Serial Interface
Serial Interface is configured with one channels: UART0. UART0 has an exclusive timer to generate a
transfer clock.
Figure 14.1 shows a UART0 Block Diagram. Figure 14.2 shows a UART0 Transmit/Receive Unit.
UART0 has two modes: clock synchronous serial I/O mode, and clock asynchronous serial I/O mode (UART
mode).
Figure 14.3 to 14.5 show the UART0-associated registers.
(UART0)
RXD0
TXD0
UART reception
Receive
clock
1/16
Reception control
circuit
CKDIR=0
Internal
CLK1 to CLK0=00b
Clock
Transmit/
receive
unit
synchronous type
f1
f8
=01b
=10b
U0BRG register
1/(n0+1)
UART transmission
Transmit
clock
1/16
1/2
f32
Transmission
control circuit
Clock
synchronous type
External
CKDIR=1
CKDIR=0
CKDIR=1
Clock synchronous type
(when internal clock is selected)
Clock synchronous type
(when external clock is selected)
Clock synchronous type
(when internal clock is selected)
CLK
polarity
reversing
circuit
CLK0
Figure 14.1
UART0 Block Diagram
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 125 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
Clock
synchronous
type
PRYE=0
PAR
disabled
Clock
synchronous
type
UART (7 bits)
UART (8 bits)
1SP
UART (7 bits)
UART0 receive register
SP
PAR
RXD0
SP
PAR
Clock
synchronous
type
UART
2SP
UART (9 bits)
enabled
PRYE=1
UART (8 bits)
UART (9 bits)
U0RB register
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D8
MSB/LSB conversion circuit
Data bus high-order bits
Data bus low-order bits
MSB/LSB conversion circuit
U0TB register
D8
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
UART (8 bits)
UART (9 bits)
Clock
synchronous
type
PRYE=1
PAR
enabled
UART (9 bits)
UART
2SP
1SP
SP
PAR
TXD0
SP
Clock
synchronous
type
PAR
UART (7 bits)
UART (8 bits)
UART0 transmit register
UART (7 bits)
disabled
PRYE=0
SP: Stop bit
PAR: Parity bit
Clock
synchronous
type
"0"
Note: Clock synchronous type is provide in UART0 only.
Figure 14.2
UART0 Transmit/Receive Unit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 126 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register(1, 2)
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
U0TB
Address
After Reset
Indeterminate
00A3h-00A2h
Function
RW
WO
—
Transmit data
(b8-b0)
—
(b15-b9)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
NOTES :
1. When the transfer data length is 9-bit long, w rite to high-byte data first then low -byte data.
2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register.
UART0 Receive Buffer Register(1)
(b15)
(b8)
b7
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
U0RB
Address
00A7h-00A6h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
Bit Symbol
—
(b7-b0)
Bit Name
RW
RO
Receive data (D7 to D0)
—
—
—
(b8)
Receive data (D8)
RO
—
—
(b11-b9)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Overrun Error Flag(2)
Framing Error Flag(2)
Parity Error Flag(2)
Error SumFlag(2)
0 : No overrun error
1 : Overrun error
OER
FER
PER
SUM
RO
RO
RO
RO
0 : No framing error
1 : Framing error
0 : No parity error
1 : Parity error
0 : No error
1 : Error
NOTES :
1. Read out the UiRB register in 16-bit unit.
2. The SUM, PER, FER and OER bits are set to “0” (no error) w hen the SMD2 to SMD0 bits in the UiMR register are set to
“000b” (serial interface disabled) or the REbit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (receive disable). The SUM bit is set to
“0” (no error) w hen the PER, FER and OER bits are set to “0” (no error).
The PER and FER bits are set to “0” even w hen the higher byte of the U0RB register is read out.
UART0 Bit Rate Register(1, 2, 3)
b7
b0
Symbol
U0BRG
Address
00A1h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
Setting Range
00h to FFh
RW
WO
Assuming that set value is n, U0BRG divides the count source by
n+1
NOTES :
1. Write to this register w hile the serial I/O is neither transmitting nor receiving.
2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register.
3. After setting the CLK0 to CLK1 bits of the U0C0 register, w rite to the U0BRG register.
Figure 14.3
U0TB, U0RB and U0BRG Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 127 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit / Receive Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
U0MR
Address
00A0h
Bit Name
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Function
RW
RW
Serial Interface Mode Select Bit
b2 b1 b0
SMD0
SMD1
SMD2
0 0 0 : Serial interface disabled
0 0 1 : Clock synchronous serial I/O mode
1 0 0 : UART mode transfer data 7 bits long
1 0 1 : UART mode transfer data 8 bits long
1 1 0 : UART mode transfer data 9 bits long
Other than above : Do not set
RW
RW
Internal / External Clock Select 0 : Internal clock
Bit
CKDIR
STPS
RW
RW
1 : External clock(1)
Stop Bit Length Select Bit
0 : 1 Stop Bit
1 : 2 Stop Bits
Odd / Even Parity Select Bit
Enables w hen PRYE= 1
0 : Odd parity
PRY
RW
1 : Even parity
Parity Enable Bit
Reserved Bit
0 : Parity disabled
1 : Parity enabled
PRY E
RW
RW
—
(b7)
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Set the PD1_6 bit in the PD1 register to “0” (input).
UART0 Transmit / Receive Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
U0C0
Address
00A4h
After Reset
08h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
BRG Count Source Select
Bit(1)
b1 b0
0 0 : Selects f1
0 1 : Selects f8
1 0 : Selects f32
1 1 : Do not set
CLK0
CLK1
RW
RW
RO
—
(b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Transmit Register Empty 0 : Data in transmit register (during transmit)
Flag 1 : No data in transmit register (transmit completed)
TXEPT
—
(b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
Data Output Select Bit
0 : TXD0 pin is a pin of CMOS output
1 : TXD0 pin is a pin of N-channel open drain output
NCH
RW
CLK Polarity Select Bit
0 : Transmit data is output at falling edge of transfer
clock and receive data is input at rising edge
1 : Transmit data is output at rising edge of transfer
clock and receive data is input at falling edge
CKPOL
UFORM
RW
RW
Transfer Format Select Bit 0 : LSB first
1 : MSB first
NOTES :
1. If the BRG count source is sw itched, set the U0BRG register again.
Figure 14.4
U0MR and U0C0 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 128 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit / Receive Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
U0C1
Address
00A5h
After Reset
02h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Transmit Enable Bit
0 : Disables transmit
1 : Enables transmit
TE
TI
Transmit Buffer Empty Flag
Receive Enable Bit
0 : Data in U0TB register
1 : No data in U0TB register
RO
RW
RO
—
0 : Disables receive
1 : Enables receive
RE
RI
Receive Complete Flag(1)
0 : No data in U0RB register
1 : Data in U0RB register
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. The RI bit is set to “0” w hen the higher byte of the U0RB register is read out.
UART Transmit / Receive Control Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
0
Symbol
UCON
Address
00B0h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
UART0 Transmit Interrupt
Cause Select Bit
0 : Transmit buffer empty (TI=1)
1 : Transmit completed (TXEPT=1)
U0IRS
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
RW
UART0 Continuous Receive
Mode Enable Bit
0 : Disables continuous receive mode
1 : Enables continuous receive mode
U0RRM
—
(b6-b3)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
CNTR0 Signal Pin Select Bit(1)
0 : P1_5/RXD0
______
P1_7/CNTR00/INT10
_____
CNTRSEL
RW
1 : P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
P1_7
NOTES :
____
1. The CNTRSEL bit selects the input pin of CNTR0 (INTI) signal.
When the CNTR0 signal is output, it is output from the CNTR00 pin despite the CNTRSEL bit setting.
Figure 14.5
U0C1 and UCON Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 129 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
The clock synchronous serial I/O mode is mode to transmit and receive data using a transfer clock.
Table 14.1 lists the Specification of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode. Table 14.2 lists the Registers to
Be Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode(1).
Table 14.1
Specification of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Item Specification
Transfer Data Format
Transfer Clock
• Transfer data length: 8 bits
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register is set to “0” (internal clock): fi/(2(n+1))
fi=f1, f8, f32 n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
• The CKDIR bit is set to “1” (external clock): input from CLK0 pin
(1)
Transmit Start Condition
Receive Start Condition
• Before transmit starts, the following requirements are required
- The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in the U0TB register)
(1)
• Before receive starts, the following requirements are required
- The RE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (receive enabled)
- The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in the U0TB register)
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When transmit, one of the following conditions can be selected
- The U0IRS bit is set to “0” (transmit buffer empty):
when transferring data from the U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
(when transmit starts)
- The U0IRS bit is set to “1” (transmit completes):
when completing transmit data from UARTi transmit register
• When receive
When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to the U0RB
register (when receive completes)
(2)
Error Detection
Select Function
• Overrun error
This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data before
reading the U0RB register and receives the 7th bit of the following data
• CLK polarity selection
Transfer data input/output can be selected to occur synchronously with the
rising or the falling edge of the transfer clock
• LSB first, MSB first selection
Whether transmitting or receiving data beginning with the bit 0 or beginning
with the bit 7 can be selected
• Continuous receive mode selection
Receive is enabled immediately by reading the U0RB register
NOTES:
1. When an external clock is selected, meet the conditions while the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is
set to “0” (transmit data output at the falling edge and the receive data input at the rising edge of the
transfer clock), the external clock is held “H”; if the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to “1”
(transmit data output at the rising edge and the receive data input at the falling edge of the transfer
clock), the external clock is held “L”.
2. If an overrun error occurs, the value of the U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit in the
S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 130 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
(1)
Table 14.2
Registers to Be Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Bit Function
Register
U0TB
0 to 7
0 to 7
OER
Set transmit data
Receive data can be read
Overrun error flag
Set bit rate
U0RB
U0BRG
U0MR
0 to 7
Set to “001b”
SMD2 to SMD0
CKDIR
CLK1 to CLK0
TXEPT
NCH
Select the internal clock or external clock
Select the count source in the U0BRG register
Transmit register empty flag
U0C0
Select TXD0 pin output mode
CKPOL
UFORM
TE
Select the transfer clock polarity
Select the LSB first or MSB first
U0C1
Set this bit to “1” to enable transmit/receive
Transmit buffer empty flag
TI
RE
Set this bit to “1” to enable reception
Reception complete flag
RI
UCON
U0IRS
U0RRM
CNTRSEL
Select the factor of UART0 transmit interrupt
Set this bit to “1” to use continuous receive mode
Set this bit to “1” to select P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
NOTES:
1. Set bits which are not in this table to “0” when writing to the registers in clock synchronous serial I/O
mode.
Table 14.3 lists the I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode. The TXD0 pin outputs “H”
level between the operating mode selection of UART0 and transfer start, an “H” (If the NCH bit is set to
“1” (the N-channel open-drain output), this pin is in a high-impedance state.)
Table 14.3
I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Pin Name
Function
Selection Method
TXD0(P1_4)
Output serial data
(Outputs dummy data when performing receive only)
PD1_5 bit in PD1 register=0
RXD0(P1_5) Input serial data
(P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit
only)
CLK0(P1_6)
Output transfer clock CKDIR bit in U0MR register=0
Input transfer clock
CKDIR bit in U0MR register=1
PD1_6 bit in PD1 register=0
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 131 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Example of Transmit Timing (when internal clock is selected)
TC
Transfer Clock
"1"
"0"
TE Bit in U0C1
Register
Set data to U0TB register
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
"1"
"0"
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
TCLK
Stop pulsing because the TE bit is set to “0”
CLK0
TXD0
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
TXEPT Bit in
U0C0 Register
"1"
"0"
IR Bit in S0TIC
Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
TC=TCLK=2(n+1)/fi
fi: frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8, f32)
n: setting value to U0BRG register
The above applies to the following settings:
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 0 (internal clock)
• CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when the transmit buffer is empty):
• Example of Receive Timing (when external clock is selected)
RE Bit in U0C1
Register
"1"
"0"
TE Bit in U0C1
Register
"1"
"0"
Write dummy data to U0TB register
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
"1"
"0"
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
1/fEXT
CLK0
RXD0
Receive data is taken in
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5
Read out from U0RB register
Transfer from UART0 receive register to
U0RB register
RI Bit in U0C1
Register
"1"
"0"
"1"
"0"
IR Bit in S0RIC
Register
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
The above applies to the following settings:
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 1 (external clock)
• CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
Meet the following conditions when “H” is applied to the CLK0 pin before receiving data:
• TE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables transmit)
• RE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables receive)
• Write dummy data to the U0TB register
fEXT: frequency of external clock
Figure 14.6
Transmit and Receive Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 132 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14.1.1 Polarity Select Function
Figure 14.7 shows the Transfer Clock Polarity. Use the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register to select the
transfer clock polarity.
• When the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling
edge and input the receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(1)
TXD0
RXD0
D0
D0
D1
D1
D2
D2
D3
D3
D4
D4
D5
D5
D6
D6
D7
D7
• When the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register = 1 (output transmit data at the rising
edge and input the receive data at the falling edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(2)
TXD0
RXD0
D0
D0
D1
D1
D2
D2
D3
D3
D4
D4
D5
D5
D6
D6
D7
D7
NOTES :
1. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is “H”.
2. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is “L”.
Figure 14.7
Transfer Clock Polarity
14.1.2 LSB First/MSB First Select Function
Figure 14.8 shows the Transfer Format. Use the UFORM bit in the U0C0 register to select the
transfer format.
• When UFORM bit in U0C0 register = 0 (LSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
RXD0
D0
D0
D1
D1
D2
D2
D3
D3
D4
D4
D5
D5
D6
D6
D7
D7
• When UFORM bit in U0C0 register = 1 (MSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
D7
D7
D6
D6
D5
D5
D4
D4
D3
D3
D2
D2
D1
D1
D0
D0
RXD0
NOTES :
1. The above applies when the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is
set to "0" (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive
data at the rising edge of the transfer clock).
Figure 14.8
Transfer Format
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 133 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14.1.3 Continuous Receive Mode
Continuous receive mode is held by setting the U0RRM bit in the UCON register to “1” (enables
continuous receive mode). In this mode, reading U0RB register sets the TI bit in the U0C1 register to
“0” (data in the U0TB register). When the U0RRM bit is set to “1”, do not write dummy data to the
U0TB register in a program.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 134 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
The UART mode allows transmit and receive data after setting the desired bit rate and transfer data
format. Table 14.4 lists the Specification of UART Mode. Table 14.5 lists the Registers to Be Used and
Settings in UART Mode.
Table 14.4
Specification of UART Mode
Item
Specification
Transfer Data Format
• Character bit (transfer data): selectable from 7, 8 or 9 bits
• Start bit: 1 bit
• Parity bit: selectable from odd, even, or none
• Stop bit: selectable from 1 or 2 bits
Transfer Clock
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register is set to “0” (internal clock) : fj/(16(n+1))
fj=f1, f8, f32 n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
• CKDIR bit is set to “1” (external clock) : fEXT/(16(n+1))
fEXT: input from CLK0 pin n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
Transmit Start Condition
Receive Start Condition
• Before transmit starts, the following are required
- TE bit in U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- TI bit in U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in U0TB register)
• Before receive starts, the following are required
- RE bit in U0C1 register is set to “1” (receive enabled)
- Detects start bit
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When transmitting, one of the following conditions can be selected
- U0IRS bit is set to “0” (transmit buffer empty):
when transferring data from the U0TB register to UART0 transmit
register (when transmit starts)
- U0IRS bit is set to “1” (transfer ends):
when serial interface completes transmitting data from the UART0
transmit register
• When receiving
When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to U0RB
register (when receive ends)
(1)
Error Detection
• Overrun error
This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data
before reading the U0RB register and receiving the bit one before the last
stop bit of the following data
• Framing error
This error occurs when the number of stop bits set are not detected
• Parity error
This error occurs when parity is enabled, the number of 1’s in parity and
character bits do not match the number of 1’s set
• Error sum flag
This flag is set is set to “1” when any of the overrun, framing, and parity
errors is generated
NOTES:
1. If an overrun error occurs, the value in the U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit in the
S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 135 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
Table 14.5
Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode
Bit
Register
U0TB
Function
(1)
0 to 8
0 to 8
Set transmit data
Receive data can be read
(1)
U0RB
OER,FER,PER,SUM Error flag
U0BRG
U0MR
0 to 7
Set a bit rate
SMD2 to SMD0
Set to “100b” when transfer data is 7-bit long
Set to “101b” when transfer data is 8-bit long
Set to “110b” when transfer data is 9-bit long
Select the internal clock or external clock
Select the stop bit
CKDIR
STPS
PRY, PRYE
CLK0, CLK1
TXEPT
Select whether parity is included and odd or even
Select the count source for the U0BRG register
Transmit register empty flag
U0C0
U0C1
NCH
Select TXD0 pin output mode
CKPOL
UFORM
Set to “0”
LSB first or MSB first can be selected when transfer data is 8-bit
long. Set to “0” when transfer data is 7- or 9-bit long.
Set to “1” to enable transmit
TE
TI
Transmit buffer empty flag
RE
Set to “1” to enable receive
RI
Receive complete flag
UCON
U0IRS, U1IRS
U0RRM
CNTRSEL
Select the factor of UART0 transmit interrupt
Set to “0”
Set to “1” to select P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
NOTES:
1. The bits used for transmit/receive data are as follows: Bits 0 to 6 when transfer data is 7-bit long; bits
0 to 7 when transfer data is 8-bit long; bits 0 to 8 when transfer data is 9-bit long.
Table 14.6 lists the I/O Pin Functions in Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O Mode. After the UART0 operating
mode is selected, the TXD0 pin outputs “H” level (If the NCH bit is set to “1” (N-channel open-drain
outputs), this pin is in a high-impedance state) until transfer starts.
Table 14.6
I/O Pin Functions in Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O Mode
Pin name
Function
Selection Method
TXD0(P1_4)
Output serial data
(Cannot be used as a port when performing receive only)
PD1_5 bit in PD1 register=0
RXD0(P1_5) Input serial data
(P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit
only)
CLK0(P1_6)
Programmable I/O Port CKDIR bit in U0MR register=0
Input transfer clock
CKDIR bit in U0MR register=1
PD1_6 bit in PD1 register=0
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 136 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Transmit Timing When Transfer Data is 8-Bit Long (parity enabled, 1 stop bit)
TC
Transfer Clock
TE Bit in U0C1
Register
“1”
“0”
Write data to U0TB register
“1”
“0”
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
Stop pulsing
because the TE bit is set to “0”
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
Parity Stop
Start bit
bit
bit
TXD0
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
P
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
P
SP
ST D0 D1
SP
“1”
“0”
TXEPT Bit in
U0C0 Register
IR Bit S0TIC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions:
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 1 (parity enabled)
• STPS bit in U0MR register = 0 (1 stop bit)
fj: Frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8, f32)
fEXT: Frequency of U0BRG count source (external clock)
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 1 (an interrupt request is generated when transmit completes)
n: Setting value to U0BRG register
• Transmit Timing When Transfer Data is 9-Bit Long (parity disabled, 2 stop bits)
TC
Transfer Clock
TE Bit in U0C1
Register
“1”
“0”
Write data to U0TB register
“1”
“0”
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
Stop
bit
Stop
bit
Start bit
TXD0
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SP SP
ST D0 D1
SP SP
TXEPT Bit in
U0C0 Register
“1”
“0”
IR Bit in S0RIC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions:
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 0 (parity disabled)
• STPS bit in U0MR register = 1 (2 stop bits)
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT
fj: Frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8, f32)
fEXT: Frequency of U0BRG count source (external clock)
n: Setting value to U0BRG register
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when transmit buffer is empty)
Figure 14.9
Transmit Timing in UART Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 137 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Example of receive timing when transfer data is 8 bits long (parity disabled, one stop bit)
U0BRG output
"1"
"0"
U0C1 register
RE bit
Stop bit
Start bit
RXD0
D0
D1
D7
Sampled "L"
Receive data taken in
Transfer clock
Reception triggered when transfer clock
is generated by falling edge of start bit
Transferred from UART0 receive
register to U0RB register
U0C1 register
RI bit
"1"
"0"
S0RIC register
RI bit
"1"
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions.
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 0 (parity disabled)
• STPS bit in U0MR register = 0 (1 stop bit)
Figure 14.10 Receive Timing in UART Mode
14.2.1 CNTR0 Pin Select Function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register selects whether P1_7 can be used as the CNTR00/INT10
input pin or P1_5 can be used as the CNTR01/INT11 input pin.
When the CNTRSEL bit is set to “0”, P1_7 is used as the CNTR00/INT10 pin and when the
CNTRSEL bit is set to “1”, P1_5 is used as the CNTR01/INT11 pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 138 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
14. Serial Interface
14.2.2 Bit Rate
Divided-by-16 of frequency by the U0BRG register in UART mode is a bit rate.
<UART Mode>
• When selecting internal clock
Setting value to the U0BRG register =
fj
- 1
Bit Rate × 16
Fj : Count source frequency of the U0BRG register (f1, f8 and f32)
• When selecting external clock
Setting value to the U0BRG register =
fEXT
Bit Rate × 16
- 1
fEXT : Count source frequency of the U0BRG register (external clock)
Figure 14.11 Calculation Formula of U0BRG Register Setting Value
Table 14.7
Bit Rate Setting Example in UART Mode
System Clock = 20MHz
System Clock = 8MHz
BRG
Count
Source
Bit Rate
(bps)
BRG Setting Actual Time
BRG Setting
Actual
Time (bps)
1201.92
Error(%)
Error(%)
Value
129(81h)
64(40h)
32(20h)
129(81h)
86(56h)
64(40h)
42(2Ah)
39(27h)
32(20h)
23(17h)
(bps)
Value
1200
2400
f8
f8
f8
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
1201.92
2403.85
4734.85
9615.38
14367.82
19230.77
29069.77
31250.00
37878.79
52083.33
0.16
0.16
-1.36
0.16
-0.22
0.16
0.94
0.00
-1.36
1.73
51(33h)
25(19h)
12(0Ch)
51(33h)
34(22h)
25(19h)
16(10h)
15(0Fh)
12(0Ch)
9(09h)
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
-0.79
0.16
2.12
0.00
0.16
-2.34
2403.85
4800
4807.69
9600
9615.38
14400
19200
28800
31250
38400
51200
14285.71
19230.77
29411.76
31250.00
38461.54
50000.00
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 139 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
The serial data of the clock synchronous can communicate for the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip
select (hereinafter referred to as SSU). Table 15.1 shows a SSU Specification and Figure 15.1 shows a
Block Diagram of SSU.
Figure 15.2 to 15.8 show SSU Associated Registers.
Table 15.1
SSU Specification
Item
Specification
Transfer Data Format
Operating Mode
• Transfer-data length 8 bits
Continuous transmit and receive of serial data are enabled since both
(2)
transmitter and receiver have buffer structure.
• Clock synchronous communication mode
• 4-wire bus communication mode (including bidirectional communication)
Master / Slave Device
I/O Pin
Selectable
SSCK (I/O) : Clock I/O pin
SSI (I/O) : Data I/O pin
SSO (I/O) : Data I/O pin
SCS (I/O) : Chip-select I/O pin
Transfer Clock
• When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “0” (operates as slave
device), external clock can be selected.
• When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “1” (operates as master
device), internal clock (selects from φ/256, φ/128, φ/64, φ/32, φ/16, φ/8 and φ/4
and outputs from SSCK pin) can be selected.
• Clock polarity and phase of SSCK can be selected.
Receive Error Detection • Overrun error
Overrun error occurs during receive and completes by error. While the RDRF
bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (data in the SSRDR register) and
completing the next serial data receive, the ORER bit is set to “1”.
Multimaster Error
Detection
• Conflict error
While the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to “1” (4-wire bus
communication mode) and the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “1”
(operates as master device) and when starting a serial communication, the
CE bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” if “L” applies to the SCS pin input.
When the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to “1” (4-wire bus
communication mode), the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “0”
(operates as slave device) and the SCS pin input changes state from “L” to
“H”, the CE bit in the SSSR register is set to “1”.
Interrupt Request
Select Function
5 interrupt requests (transmit-end, transmit-data-empty, receive-data-full,
(1)
overrun error and conflict error).
• Data transfer direction
Selects MSB-first or LSB-first
• SSCK clock polarity
Selects “L” or “H” level when clock stops
• SSCK clock phase
Selects edge of data change and data download
NOTES:
1. The interrupt vector table is one of the SSU.
2. When setting to the slave device, do not transmit continuously.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 140 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
f1
Internal Clock(f1/i)
Internal Clock
Generation
Circuit
Multiplexer
SSCK
SSMR Register
SSCRL Register
SSCRH Register
SSER Register
SSSR Register
SSMR2 Register
SSTDR Register
Transmit / Receive
Control Circuit
SCS
SSO
SSI
SSTRSR Register
SSRDR Register
Selector
Interrupt Requests
(TXI, TEI, RXI, OEI and CEI)
i = 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and 256
Figure 15.1
Block Diagram of SSU
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 141 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Control Register H(4)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00B8h
After Reset
00h
SSCRH
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Transfer Clock Rate Select Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : f1/256
0 0 1 : f1/128
0 1 0 : f1/64
0 1 1 : f1/32
CKS0
CKS1
CKS2
RW
RW
1 0 0 : f1/16
1 0 1 : f1/8
1 1 0 : f1/4
1 1 1 : Do not set
—
(b4-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
Master/Slave Device Select Bit(2)
0 : Operates as slave device
1 : Operates as master device
MSS
RW
Receive Single Stop Bit(3)
0 : Maintains receive operation after
receiving 1-byte data
RSSTP
RW
—
1 : Completes receive operation after
receiving 1-byte data
—
(b7)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. The set clock is used w hen the internal clock is selected.
2. The SSCK pin functions as the transfer clock output pin w hen the MSS bit is set to “1” (operates as master device).
The MSS bit is set to “0” (operates as slave device) w hen the CEbit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (conflict error
occurs).
3. The RSSTPbit is disabled w hen the MSS bit is set to “0” (operates as slave device).
4. Ref er to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.2
SSCRH Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 142 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Control Register L(4)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00B9h
After Reset
01111101b
SSCRL
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
—
—
(b0)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
SSUControl Part Reset When this bit is set to “1”, the SSU control part and
Bit
SSTRSR register are reset.
The values of the registers(1) in the SSU register are
SRES
RW
maintained.
—
(b3-b2)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
—
SOL Write Protect Bit(2) The output level can be changed by the SOL bit w hen
“0” w hen this bit is set to “0”.
SOLP
RW
Writing “1” is disabled. When read, its content is “1”.
Serial Data Output
Value Setting Bit
When read,
0 : The last bit of the serial data output is set to “L”
1 : The last bit of the serial data output is set to “H”
When w rite,(2,3)
SOL
RW
0 : The data outputs “L” after the serial data output
1 : The data outputs “H” after the serial data output
—
(b6)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
—
—
—
(b7)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. SSCRH, SSCRL, SSMR, SSER, SSSR, SSMR2, SSTDR and SSRDR registers.
2. The data output after the serial data is output can be changed w hen w riting to the SOL bit before or after transfer.
Set the SOLPbit to “0” and w rite to the SOLPand SOL bits by the MOV instruction w hen w riting to the SOL bit.
3. Do not w rite to the SOL bit during the data transfer.
4. Refer to
for accessing registers associated with SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.3
SSCRL Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 143 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
SS Mode Register (2)
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
Symbol
Address
00BAh
After Reset
00011000b
SSMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
R
Bit Counter 2 to 0
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : 8-bit left
0 0 1 : 1-bit left
0 1 0 : 2-bit left
0 1 1 : 3-bit left
1 0 0 : 4-bit left
1 0 1 : 5-bit left
1 1 0 : 6-bit left
1 1 1 : 7-bit left
BC0
BC1
BC2
R
R
—
(b3)
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”.
When read, its content is “1”.
RW
—
—
(b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
SSCK Clock Phase Select Bit (1)
0 : Change data at odd edge
(Dow nloads data at even edge)
1 : Change data at even edge
(Dow nloads data at odd edge)
CPHS
RW
SSCK Clock Polarity Select Bit (1)
MSB First/LSB First Select Bit
0 : “H” w hen clock stops
1 : “L” w hen clock stops
CPOS
MLS
RW
RW
0 : Transfers data at MSB first
1 : Transfers data at LSB first
NOTES :
1. Refer to
for the setting of the CPHS and
15.1.1 Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Data
CPOS bits.
2. Refer to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.4
SSMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 144 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Enable Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00BBh
After Reset
00h
SSER
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
Conflict Error Interrupt Enable Bit 0 : Disables conflict error interrupt request
1 : Enables conflict error interrupt request
CEIE
—
(b2-b1)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
Receive Enable Bit
0 : Disables receive
1 : Enables receive
RE
TE
RW
RW
Transmit Enable Bit
0 : Disables transmit
1 : Enables transmit
Receive Interrupt Enable Bit
0 : Disables receive data full and overrun
error interrupt request
RIE
TEIE
TIE
RW
RW
RW
1 : Enables receive data full and overrun
error interrupt request
Transmit End Interrupt Enable Bit 0 : Disables transmit end interrupt request
1 : Enables transmit end interrupt request
Transmit Interrupt Enable Bit
0 : Disables transmit data empty interrupt
request
1 : Enables transmit data empty interrupt
request
NOTES :
1. Ref er to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.5
SSER Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 145 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Status Register(7)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00BCh
After Reset
00h
SSSR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Conflict Error Flag(1)
Function
RW
RW
0 : No conflict error occurs
1 : Conflict error occurs(2)
CE
—
(b1)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
RW
—
Overrun Error Flag(1)
0 : No overrun error occurs
1 : Overrun error occurs(3)
ORER
—
(b4-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
Receive Data Register Full(1, 4) 0 : No data in SSRDR register
1 : Data in SSRDR register
RDRF
TEND
RW
Transmit End(1, 5)
0 : The TDREbit is set to “0” w hen transmitting
the end of the bit in transmit data
1 : The TDREbit is set to “1” w hen transmitting
the end of the bit in transmit data
RW
RW
Transmit Data Empty(1, 5, 6)
0 : Data is not transferred from the SSTDR
to SSTRSR registers
TDRE
1 : Data is transferred fromthe SSTDR to
SSTRSR registers
NOTES :
1. When reading “1” and w riting “0”, the CE, ORER, RDRF, TEND and TDREbits are set to “0”.
2. When the serial communication is started w hile the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to “1” (four-w ire
bus communication mode) and the MSS bit in the SSCR__H_ register is set to “1” (operates as master
device), the CEbit is set to “1” if “L” is applied to the SCS pin input. When the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2
register is set to “1” (four-w ire bus communication mode), the MSS bit in the _S_S__CRH register is set to “0”
(operates as slave device) is set to “0” (operates as slave device) and the SCS pin input changes the level
from “L” to “H” during transfer, the CEbit is set to “1”.
3. Indicates overrun error occurs and receive completes by error w hen receive. When the next serial data receive is
completed w hile the RDRF bit is set to “1” (data in the SSRDR register), the ORER bit is set to “1”. After the ORER bit
is set to “1” (overrun error occurs), do not transmit or receive while the ORERbit is set to “1”.
4. The RDRF bit is set to “0” w hen reading out the data fromthe SSRDR register.
5. The TEND and TDREbits are set to “0” w hen w riting the data to the SSTDR register.
6. The TDREbit is set to “1” w hen setting the TEbit in the SSER register to “0” (disables transmit).
7. Ref er to
for accessing registers associated with SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.6
SSSR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 146 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Mode Register 2(5)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00BDh
After Reset
00h
SSMR2
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
SSU Mode Select Bit(1)
Function
RW
RW
0 : Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
1 : Four-Wire Bus Communication Mode
SSUMS
CSOS
____
0 : CMOS output
SCS Pin Open Drain Output
RW
RW
RW
1 : NMOS open drain output
Select Bit
SSO Pin Open Drain Output
Select Bit(1)
0 : CMOS output
SOOS
SCKOS
1 : NMOS open drain output
SSCK Pin Open Drain Output
0 : CMOS output
Select Bit
1 : NMOS open drain output
____
SCS Pin Select Bit(2)
b5 b4
0 0 : Functions as_p_o__rt
CSS0
RW
0 1 : Function as SCS input pin
____
1 0 : Function as SCS output pin(3)
____
1 1 : Functions as SCS output pin(3)
CSS1
SCKS
RW
RW
SSCK Pin Select Bit
0 : Functions as port
1 : Functions as serial clock pin
Bidirectional Mode Enable Bit(1, 4) 0 : Standard mode (communicates using 2
pins of data input and data output)
BIDE
RW
1 : Bidirectional mode (communicates using
1 pin of data input and data output)
NOTES :
1. Ref er to
for the combination of the data
15.2 Relationship between Data I/O Pin and SS Shift Register
I/O pin.
_____
2. The SCS pin functions as a port, regardless of the contents of the CSS0 and CSS1 bits w hen the SSUMS
bit is set to “0” (clock synchronous communication mode).
____
3. This bit functions as the SCS input pin before starting transfer.
4. The BIDEbit is disabled w hen the SSUMS bit is set to “0” (clock synchronous communication mode).
5. Refer to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.7
SSMR2 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 147 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
SS Transmit Data Register (2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
SSTDR
Address
00BEh
After Reset
FFh
Function
RW
RW
Store the transmit data.
The stored transmit data is transferred to the SSTRSR register and the transmit is started
w hen detecting the SSTRSR register is empty.
When the next transmit data is w ritten to the SSTDR register during the data transmit from the
SSTRSR register, the data can be transmitted continuously.(1)
When the MLS bit in the SSMR register is set to “1” (transfer data w ith LSB-first), the data in
w hich MSB and LSB are reversed can be read, after w riting to the SSTDR register.
NOTES :
1. When setting to the slave device, do not transmit continuously.
2. Ref er to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
SS Receive Data Register (2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
SSRDR
Address
00BFh
After Reset
FFh
Function
RW
RO
Store the receive data.(1)
The receive data is transferred to the SSRDR register and the receive operation is completed
w hen receiving 1-byte data to the SSTRSR register. At this time, the follow ing receive is
possible. The continuous receive is possible by the SSTRSR and SSRDR registers.
NOTES :
1. The SSRDR register maintains the receive data before the overrun error occurs w hen the ORER bit in the SSSR
register is set to “1” (overrun error occurs). When an overrun error occurs, the receive data may contain errors and
therefore, should be discarded.
2. Refer to
for accessing registers associated w ith SSU.
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
Figure 15.8
SSTDR and SSRDR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 148 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.1 Transfer Clock
A transfer clock can be selected from 7 internal clocks (φ/256, φ/128, φ/64, φ/32, φ/16, φ/8 and φ/4) and
an external clock.
When using the SSU, set the SCKS bit in the SSMR2 register to “1” and select the SSCK pin as the
serial clock pin.
When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “1” (operates as master device), an internal clock can
be selected and the SSCK pin functions as output. When transfer is started, the SSCK pin outputs clocks
of the transfer rate selected in the CKS0 to CKS2 bits in the SSCRH register.
When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to “0” (operates as slave device), an external clock can
be selected and the SSCK pin functions as input.
15.1.1 Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Data
Association between transfer clock polarity, phase and data changes according to a combination of the
SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register and the CPHS and CPOS bits in the SSMR register. Figure 15.9
shows the Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Transfer Data.
Also, the MSB-first transfer or LSB-first transfer can be selected by setting the MLS bit in the SSMR
register. When the MLS bit is set to “1”, transfer is started from the LSB to MSB. When the MLS bit is set
to “0”, transfer is started from the MSB to LSB.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 149 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
• When SSUMS=0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS bit=0 (data change at
odd edge) and CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
SSCK
SSO, SSI
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
• When SSUMS=1 (4-wire bus communication mode) and CPHS=0 (data change at odd edge)
SSCK
CPOS=0
(“H” when clock stops)
SSCK
CPOS=1
(“L” when clock stops)
SSO, SSI
SCS
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
• When SSUMS=1 (4-wire bus communication mode), CPHS=1 (data download at odd edge)
SSCK
CPOS=0
(“H” when clock stops)
SSCK
CPOS=1
(“L” when clock stops)
SSO, SSI
SCS
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b7
b5
b6
CPHS and CPOS : bits in SSMR register, SSUMS : Bits in SSMR2 register
Figure 15.9
Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Transfer Data
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 150 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.2 SS Shift Register (SSTRSR)
The SSTRSR register is the shift register to transmit and receive the serial data.
When the transmit data is transferred from the SSTDR register to the SSTRSR register and the MLS bit
in the SSMR register is set to “0” (MSB-first), the bit 0 in the SSTDR register is transferred to the bit 0 in
the SSTRSR register. When the MLS bit is set to “1” (LSB-first), the bit 7 in the SSTDR register is
transferred to the bit 0 in the SSTRSR register.
15.2.1 Association between Data I/O Pin and SS Shift Register
Connecting association between the data I/O pin and SSTRSR register (SS shift register) changes
according to a combination of the MSS bit in the SSCRH register and the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2
register. Also, connecting association changes according to the BIDE bit in the SSMR2 register.
Figure 15.10 shows a Connecting Association between Data I/O Pin and SSTRSR Register.
• When SSUMS=1 (4-wire bus communication mode),
BIDE=0 (standard mode) and MSS=1 (operates as
master device)
• When SSUMS=0
(clock synchronous communication mode)
SSTRSR Register
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSI
SSO
SSI
• When SSUMS=1 (4-wire bus communication mode),
BIDE=1 (bidirectional mode)
• When SSUMS=1 (4-wire bus communication mode),
BIDE=0 (standard mode) and MSS=0 (operates as
slave device)
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSI
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSI
Figure 15.10 Connecting Association between Data I/O Pin and SSTRSR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 151 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.3 Interrupt Requests
SSU has five interrupt requests : transmit data empty, transmit end, receive data full, overrun error and
conflict error. Since these interrupt requests are assigned to the SSU interrupt vector table, determining
interrupt sources by flags is required. Table 15.2 shows the SSU Interrupt Requests.
Table 15.2
SSU Interrupt Requests
Abbreviation
Interrupt Request
Generation Condition
TIE=1, TDRE=1
Transmit Data Empty
Transmit End
TXI
TEI
RXI
OEI
CEI
TEIE=1, TEND=1
RIE=1, RDRF=1
RIE=1, ORER=1
CEIE=1, CE=1
Receive Data Full
Overrun Error
Conflict Error
CEIE, RIE, TEIE and TIE : Bits in SSER register
ORER, RDRF, TEND and TDRE : Bits in SSSR register
Generation conditions of Table 15.2 are met, a SSU interrupt request is generated.Set the each interrupt
source to “0” by a SSU interrupt routine.
However, the TDRE and TEND bits are automatically set to “0” by writing the transmit data to the SSTDR
register and the RDRF bit is automatically set to “0” by reading the SSRDR register. When writing the
transmit data to the SSTDR register, at the same time the TDRE bit is set to “1” (data is transmitted from
the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers) again and when setting the TDRE bit to “0” (data is not transmitted
from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), additional 1-byte data may be transmitted.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 152 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.4 Communication Modes and Pin Functions
SSU switches functions of the I/O pin in each communication mode according to the setting of the
MSS bit in the SSCRH register and the RE and TE bits in the SSER register. Table 15.3 shows the
Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins.
Table 15.3
Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins
Bit Setting
Pin State
SSO
Communication Mode
SSUMS
0
BIDE
MSS
TE
RE
SSI
Input
SSCK
Input
(1)
Clock Synchronous
Communication Mode
Disabled 0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
−
(1)
Output Input
−
Input
Input
Output Input
(1)
1
0
1
Output
−
(1)
Output Output
Output Output
−
Input
(1)
4-Wire Bus
Communication Mode
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Input
Input
Input
Input
Output
−
(1)
Output
−
Output Input
(1)
0
1
Input
−
(1)
Output Output
Output Output
−
Input
(1)
4-Wire Bus
(Bidirectional)
0
1
0
1
0
1
Input
Input
−
(1)
Output Input
−
(2)
Communication Mode
(1)
Input
Output
−
(1)
Output Output
−
NOTES:
1. This pin can be used as programmable I/O port.
2. Do not set both the TE and RE bits to “1” in 4-wire bus (bidirectional) communication mode.
SSUMS and BIDE : Bits in SSMR2 register
MSS : Bit in SSCRH register
TE and RE : Bits in SSER register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 153 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.5 Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
15.5.1 Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
Figure 15.11 shows an Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode. Set the TE bit in the
SSER register to “0” (disables transmit) and the RE bit to “0” (disables receive) before data transmit /
receive as an initialization.
When communication mode and format are changed, set the TE bit to “0” and the RE bit to “0” before
changing.
Setting the RE bit to “0” does not change the contents of the RDRF and ORER flags, and the contents
of the SSRDR register.
Start
SSER register RE bit ← 0
TE bit ← 0
SSMR2 register SSUMS bit ← 0
SSMR register CPHS bit ← 0
CPOS bit ← 0
Set MLS bit
SSCRH register Set MSS bit
SSMR2 register
SSCRH register
SCKS bit ← 1
Set SOOS bit
Set CKS0 to CKS2 bits
Set RSSTP bit
SSSR register ORER bit ← 0(1)
SSER register
RE bit ← 1 (When receive)
TE bit ← 1 (When transmit)
Set RIE, TEIE and TIE bits
End
NOTES:
1. Write “0” after reading “1” to set the ORER bit to “0”.
Figure 15.11 Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 154 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.5.2 Data Transmit
Figure 15.12 shows an Example of SSU Operation for Data Transmit (Clock Synchronous
Communication Mode). During the data transmit, the SSU operates as described below.
When the SSU is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and data.
When the SSU is set as a slave device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock. When
setting the TE bit to “1” (enables transmit) before writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register, the
TDRE bit is automatically set to “0” (data is not transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers)
and the data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers.
After the TDRE bit is set to “1” (data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), a transmit
is started. When the TIE bit in the SSER register is set to “1”, the TXI interrupt request is generated.
When one frame of data is transferred while the TDRE bit is set to “0”, data is transferred from the
SSTDR to SSTRSR registers and a transmit of the next frame is started. If the 8th bit is transmitted
while the TDRE bit is set to “1”, the TEND bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (the TDRE bit is set to
“1” when the last bit of the transmit data is transmitted) and the state is retained. The TEI interrupt
request is generated when the TEIE bit in the SSER register is set to “1” (enables transmit-end
interrupt request). The SSCK pin is retained “H” after transmit-end.
Transmit can not be performed while the ORER bit in the SSRR register is set to “1” (overrun error
occurs). Confirm that the ORER bit is set to “0” before transmit.
When setting the microcomputer to the slave device, ensure the TEND bit is set to “1” (data transmit
ends) and write the following transmit data to the SSTDR register. When setting the microcomputer to
the master device, continuous transmit is enabled.
Figure 15.13 shows a Sample Flowchart for Data Transmit (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode).
• When SSUMS=0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS=0 (data change
at odd numbers) and CPOS=0 (“H” when clock stops)
SSCK
SSO
b0
b1
b7
b0
b1
b7
1 Frame
1 Frame
“1”
“0”
TDRE Bit in
SSSR Register
TEI interrupt request
generation
“1”
“0”
TXI interrupt request generation
TEND Bit in
SSSR Register
Process by
Program
Write data to SSTDR register
Figure 15.12 Example of SSU Operation for Data Transmit (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 155 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
Start
Initialization
(1)
(1) After reading the SSSR register and confirming
that the TDRE bit is set to “1”, write the transmit
data to the SSTDR register. When write the
transmit data to the SSTDR register, the TDRE bit
is automatically set to “0”.
Read TDRE bit in SSSR register
No
TDRE=1 ?
Yes
Write transmit data to SSTDR register
Yes (2)
Data transmit
continued?
(2)
(3)
(2) Determine whether data transmit is continued
No
Read TEND bit in SSSR register
(3) When the data transmit is completed, the TEND
bit is set to “1”. Set the TEND bit to “0” and the TE
bit to “0” and complete transmit mode.
No
TEND=1 ?
Yes
SSSR register
SSER register
TEND bit ← 0(1)
TE bit ← 0
End
NOTES:
1. Write “0” after reading “1” to set the TEND bit to “0”.
2. When setting the microcomputer to the slave device, ensure the TEND bit is set to “1” (data transmit ends)
and write the following transmit data to the SSTDR register. When setting the microcomputer to the master
device, continuous transmit is enabled.
Figure 15.13 Sample Flowchart for Data Transmit (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 156 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.5.3 Data Receive
Figure 15.14 shows an Example of Operation for Data Receive (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode).
During the data receive, the SSU operates as described below. When the SSU is set as a master
device, it outputs a synchronous clock and inputs data.
When the SSU is set as a salve device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock. When the
SSU is set as a master device, it outputs a receive clock and starts receiving by performing dummy
read on the SSRDR register.
After the 8-bit data is received, the RDRF bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (data in the SSRDR
register) and receive data is stored in the SSRDR register. When the RIE bit in the SSER register is
set to “1” (enables RXI and OEI interrupt request), the RXI interrupt request is generated. If the SSDR
register is read, the RDRF bit is automatically set to “0” (no data in the SSRDR register).
Read the receive data after setting the RSSTP bit in the SSCRH register to “1” (after receiving 1-byte
data, the receive operation is completed). The SSU outputs a clock for receiving 8-bit data and stops.
After that, set the RE bit in the SSER register to “0” (disables receive) and the RSSTP bit to “0”
(receive operation is continued after receiving the 1-byte data) and read the receive data. If the
SSRDR register is read while the RE bit is set to “1” (enables receive), a receive clock is output again.
When the 8th clock rises while the RDRF bit is set to “1”, the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to
“1” (overrun error occurs : OEI) and the operation is stopped. When the ORER bit is set to “1”, receive
can not be performed. Confirm that the ORER bit is set to “0” before restarting receive.
Figure 15.15 shows a Sample Flowchart for Data Receive (MSS=1) (Clock Synchronous
Communication Mode).
• When SSUMS=0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS=0 (data download
at even edges) and CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
SSCK
b0
b7
b0
b0
SSI
b7
b7
1 Frame
1 Frame
“1”
RDRF Bit in
SSSR Register
“0”
RXI interrupt request
generation
RXI interrupt request
generation
“1”
“0”
RSSTP Bit in
SSCRH Register
RXI interrupt request
generation
Dummy read in
SSRDR register
Read data in SSRDR
register
Read data in
SSRDR register
Process by
program
Set RSSTP bit to “1”
Figure 15.14 Example of Operation for Data Receive (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 157 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
Start
Initialization
(1) After setting each register in the SSU register,
dummy read on the SSRDR register is performed
and receive operation is started.
(1)
(2)
Dummy read on SSRDR register
(2) Determine whether the last 1-byte data is received.
When the last 1-byte data is received, set to stop
after the data is received.
Last data
received?
Yes
No
Read ORER bit in SSSR register
Yes
(3) When a receive error occurs, perform an error
(6) process after reading the ORER bit. Then set the
ORER bit to “0”. Transmit/receive can not be
restarted while the ORER bit is set to “1”.
(3)
(4)
ORER=1 ?
No
Read RDRF bit in SSSR register
(4) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to “1”. If the
RDRF bit is set to “1”, read the receive data in the
SSRDR register. If the SSRDR register is read,
the RDRF bit is automatically set to “0”.
No
RDRF=1 ?
Yes
Read receive data in SSRDR register
(5)Before the last 1-byte data is received, set the
RSSTP bit to “1” and stop after the data is
received.
(5)
(6)
SSCRH register RSSTP bit ← 1
Read ORER bit in SSSR register
Yes
ORER=1 ?
No
Read RDRF in SSSR register
(7) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to “1”. When the
receive operation is completed, set the RSSTP bit to
“0” and the RE bit to “0” before reading the last 1-
byte data. If the SSRDR register is read before
setting the RE bit to “0”, the receive operation is
restarted again.
No
RDRF=1 ?
(7)
Yes
SSCRH register RSSTP bit ← 0
Overrun
error
SSER register
RE bit ← 0
process
Read receive data in SSRDR register
End
Figure 15.15 Sample Flowchart for Data Receive (MSS=1) (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 158 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.5.4 Data Transmit/Receive
Data transmit/receive is a combined operation of data transmit and receive which are described
before. Transmit/receive is started by writing data in the SSTDR register.
When the 8th clock rises or the ORER bit is set to “1” (overrun error occurs) while the TDRE bit is set
to “1” (data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), the transmit/receive operation is
stopped.
When switching from transmit mode (TE=1) or receive mode (RE=1) to transmit/receive mode
(Te=RE=1), set the TE bit to “0” and RE bit to “0” before switching. After confirming that the TEND bit
is set to “0” (the TDRE bit is set to “0” when the last bit of the transmit data is transmitted), the RERF
bit is set to “0” (no data in the SSRDR register) and the ORER bit is set to “0” (no overrun error), set
the TE and RE bits to “1”.
When setting the microcomputer to the slave device, ensure the TEND bit is set to “1” (data transmit
ends) and write the following transmit data to the SSTDR register. When setting the microcomputer to
the master device, continuous transmit is enabled.
Figure 15.16 shows a Sample Flowchart for Data Transmit/Receive (Clock Synchronous
Communication Mode).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 159 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
Start
Initialization
(1)
(1) After reading the SSSR register and confirming
that the TDRE bit is set to “1”, write the transmit
data in the SSTDR register. When writing the
transmit data to the SSTDR register, the TDRE bit
is automatically set to “0”.
Read TDRE bit in SSSR register
No
TDRE=1 ?
Yes
Write transmit data to SSTDR register
Read RDRF bit in SSSR register
(2)
(2) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to “1”. If the
RDRF bit is set to “1”, read the receive data in the
SSRDR register. When reading the SSRDR
register, the RDRF bit is automatically set to “0”.
No
RDRF=1 ?
Yes
Read receive data in SSRDR register
Yes
Data transmit
continued?
(3)
(4)
(3) Determine whether the transmit data is continued.
No
(4) When the data transmit is completed, the TEND
bit in the SSSR register is set to “1”.
Read TEND bit in SSSR register
No
TEND=1 ?
Yes
(5) Set the TEND bit to “0” and the RE and TE bits in
(6) the SSER register to “0” before ending transmit/
receive mode.
SSSR register
TEND bit ← 0(1)
(5)
(6)
SSER register
RE bit ← 0
TE bit ← 0
End
NOTES:
1. Write “0” after reading “1” to set the TEND bit to “0”.
Figure 15.16 Sample Flowchart for Data Transmit/Receive (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 160 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.6 Operation in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
4-wire bus communication mode is a mode which communicates with the 4-wire bus; a clock line, data
input line, data output line and chip select line. This mode includes bidirectional mode in which the data
input line and data output line function as a single pin.
The data input line and output line are changed according to the setting of the MSS bit in the SSCRH
register and the BIDE bit in the SSMR2 register. For details, refer to 15.2.1 Association between Data
I/O Pin and SS Shift Register. In this mode, association between the clock polarity, phase and data can
be set by the CPOS and CPHS bits in the SSMR register. For details, refer to 15.1.1 Association
between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase and Data.
When the SSU is set as a master device, the chip select line controls output. When the SSU is set as a
slave device, the chip select line controls input. When the SSU is set as master device, the chip select
line controls output of the SCS pin or controls output of a general port by setting the CSS1 bit in the
SSMR2 register. When the SSU is set as a slave device, the chip select line set the SCS pin as an input
pin by setting the CSS1 and CSS0 bits in the SSMR2 register to “01b”.
In 4-wire bus communication mode, the MLS bit in the SSMR register is set to “0” and communication is
performed using the MSB-first.
15.6.1 Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
Figure 15.17 shows an Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode. Before the data transit/
receive, set the TE bit in the SSER register to “0” (disables transmit) and the RE bit in the SSER
register to “0” (disables receive) and initialize the SSU.
When communication mode and format are changed, set the TE bit to “0” and the RE bit to “0” before
changing.
Setting the RE bit to “0” does not change the contents of the RDRF and ORER flags, and the contents
of the SSRDR register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 161 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
Start
SSER register
RE bit ← 0
TE bit ← 0
SSMR2 register
SSUMS bit ← 1
(1) The MLS bit is set to “0” for the MSB-first
transfer. The clock polarity and phase are set by
the CPHS and CPOS bits.
(1)
SSMR register
Set CPHS and CPOS bits
MLS bits ← 0
SSCRH register
Set MSS bit
(2) Set the BIDE bit to “1” in bidirectional mode and
the I/O of the #SCS pin is set by the CSSO to
CSS1 bits.
SSMR2 register
SCKS bit ← 1
Set SOOS, CSS to
CSS1 and BIDE bits
(2)
SSCRH register
SSSR register
SSCRH register
Set CKS0 to CKS2 bits
ORER bit ← 0(1)
Set RSSTP bit
SSER register
RE bit ← 1 (when receive)
TE bit ← 1 (when transmit)
Set RIE, TEIE and TIE bits
End
NOTES:
1. Write “0” after reading “1” to set the ORER bit to “0”.
Figure 15.17 Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 162 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.6.2 Data Transmit
Figure 15.18 shows an Example of Operation in Data Transmit (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode).
During the data transmit, the SSU operates as described below.
When the SSU is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and data. When the UUSA is
set as a slave device, it outputs data in synchronized with the input clock while “L” applies to the SCS
pin.
When writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register after setting the TE bit to “1” (enables transmit),
the TDRE bit is automatically set to “0” (data is not transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers)
and the data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers. After the TDRE bit is set to “1”
(data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), a transmit is started. When the TIE bit in
the SSER register is set to “1”, the TXI interrupt request is generated.
When the 1-frame data is transferred while the TDRE bit is set to “0”, the data is transferred from the
SSTDR to SSTRSR registers and the next frame transmit is started. If the 8th bit is transmitted while
the TDRE is set to “1”, the TEND in the SSSR register is set to “1” (when the last bit of the transmit
data is transmitted, the TDRE bit is set to “1”) and the state is retained. If the TEIE bit in the SSER
register is set to “1” (enables transmit-end interrupt request), the TEI interrupt request is generated.
The SSCK pin is retained “H” after transmit-end and the SCS pin is held “H”. When the SCS pin is
transmitted When transmitting continuously while the SCS pin is held “L”, write the next transmit data
to the SSTDR register before transmitting the 8th bit.
Transmit can not be performed while the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (overrun error
occurs). Confirm that the ORER bit is set to “0” before transmit.
When setting the microcomputer to the slave device, ensure the TEND bit is set to “1” (data transmit
ends) and write the following transmit data to the SSTDR register. When setting the microcomputer to
the master device, continuous transmit is enabled.
The difference from the clock synchronous communication mode is that the SSO pin is placed in
high-impedance state while the SCS pin is placed in high-impedance state when operating as a
master device and the SSI pin is placed in high-impedance state while the SCS pin is placed in “H”
input state when operating as a slave device.
A sample flowchart is the same as the clock synchronous communication mode (Refer to Figure
15.13 Sample Flowchart for Data Transmit (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 163 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
• When CPHS bit=0 (data change at even edges), CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
High-Impedance
SCS
(Output)
SSCK
SSO
b6
b7
b6
b0
b7
b0
1 Frame
1 Frame
“1”
“0”
TDRE Bit in
SSSR Register
TEI interrupt request is
generated
TXI interrupt request is
generated
TXI interrupt request is
generated
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
SSSR Register
Data write to SSTDR register
Process by
Program
• When CPHS bit=1 (data change at even edges), CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
High-Impedance
SCS
(Output)
SSCK
b7
SSO
b6
b0
b7
1 Frame
b6
b0
1 Frame
“1”
TDRE Bit in
SSSR Register
TEI interrupt request is
generated
“0”
TXI interrupt request is
generated
TXI interrupt request is
generated
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
SSSR Register
Data write to SSTDR register
Process by
Program
CPHS, CPOS : Bits in SSMR register
Figure 15.18 Example of Operation in Data Transmit (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 164 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.6.3 Data Receive
Figure 15.19 shows an example of the SSU operation for the data receive. During the data receive,
the SSU operates as described below.
When the SSU is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and inputs data. When the
SSU is set as a salve device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock while the SCS pin is
held “L” input. When the SSU is set as a master device, it outputs a receive clock and starts receiving
by performing dummy read on the SSRDR register.
After the 8-bit data is received, the RDRF bit in the SSSR register is set to “1” (data in the SSRDR
register) and receive data is stored in the SSRDR register. When the RIE bit in the SSER register is
set to “1” (enables RXI and OEI interrupt request), the RXI interrupt request is generated. If the
SSRDR register is read, the RDRF bit is automatically set to “0” (no data in the SSRDR register).
Read the receive data after setting the RSSTP bit in the SSCRH register to “1” (after receiving 1-byte
data, the receive operation is completed). The SSU outputs a clock for receiving 8-bit data and stops.
After that, set the RE bit in the SSER register to “0” (disables receive) and the RSSTP bit to “0”
(receive operation is continued after receiving 1-byte data) and read the receive data. If the SSRDR
register is read while the RE bit is set to “1” (enables receive), a receive clock is output again.
When the 8th clock rises while the RDRF bit is set to “1”, the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to
“1” (overrun error occurs : OEI) and the operation is stopped. When the ORER bit is set to “1”, receive
can not be performed. Confirm that the ORER bit is set to “0” before restarting receive.
When the RDRF and ORER bits are set to “1”, it varies depending on setting the CPHS bit in the
SSMR register. Figure 15.19 shows when the RDRF and ORER bits are set to “1”.
When the CPHS bit is set to “1” (data download at the odd edges), the RDRF and ORER bits are set
to “1” at one point of a frame.
A sample flowchart is the same as the clock synchronous communication mode (Refer to Figure
15.15 Sample Flowchart for Data Receive (MSS=1) (Clock Synchronous Communication
Mode)).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 165 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
• When CPHS bit=0 (data download at even edges) and CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
High-Impedance
SCS
(Output)
SSCK
SSI
b7
b0
b7
b0
b7
b0
1 Frame
1 Frame
“1”
“0”
RDRF Bit in
SSSR Register
RXI interrupt request
is generated
RXI interrupt request
is generated
“1”
“0”
RSSTP Bit in
SSCRH Register
RXI interrupt request
is generated
Dummy read in
SSRDR register
Data read in SSRDR
register
Set RSSTP
bit to “1”
Data read in SSRDR
register
Process by
Program
• When CPHS bit=1 (data download at odd edges) and CPOS bit=0 (“H” when clock stops)
High-Impedance
SCS
(Output)
SSCK
SSI
b7
b0
b7
b0
b7
b0
1 Frame
1 Frame
“1”
“0”
RDRF Bit in
SSSR Register
RXI interrupt request
is generated
RXI interrupt request
is generated
“1”
“0”
RSSTP Bit in
SSCRH Register
RXI interrupt request
is generated
Dummy read in
SSRDR register
Data read in SSRDR
register
Set RSSTP
bit to “1”
Data read in SSRDR
register
Process by
Program
CPHS and CPOS : Bit in SSMR register
Figure 15.19 Example of Operation in Data Receive (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 166 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
15. Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
15.6.4 SCS Pin Control and Arbitration
When setting the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register to “1” (4-wire bus communication mode).and the
CSS1 bit in the SSMR2 register to “1” (functions as SCS output pin), Set the MSS bit in the SSCRH
register to “1” (operates as a master device) and check the arbitration of the SCS pin before starting
serial transfer. If the SSU detects that the synchronized internal SCS signal is held “L” in this period,
the CE bit in the SSSR register to “1” (a conflict error occurs) and the MSS bit is automatically set to
“0” (operates as a slave device).
Figure 15.20 shows an Arbitration Check Timing.
A future transmit operation is not performed while the CE bit is set to “1”. Set the CE bit to “0” (a
conflict error does not occur) before a transmit is started.
SCS Input
Internal SCS
(Synchronization)
“1”
MSS Bit in
SSCRH Register
“0”
Transfer Start
Data Write to
SSTDR Register
CE
High-Impedance
SCS Output
Maximum Time of SCS Internal
Synchronization
During Arbitration Detection
Figure 15.20 Arbitration Check Timing
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 167 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16. A/D Converter
The A/D converter consists of one 10-bit successive approximation A/D converter circuit with a capacitive
coupling amplifier. The analog input shares the pins with P1_0 to P1_3. Therefore, when using these pins,
ensure the corresponding port direction bits are set to “0” (input mode).
When not using the A/D converter, set the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register to “0” (Vref unconnected), so
that no current will flow from the VREF pin into the resistor ladder, helping to reduce the power consumption
of the chip.
The result of A/D conversion is stored in the AD register.
Table 16.1 lists the Performance of A/D converter. Figure 16.1 shows the Block Diagram of A/D Converter.
Figures 16.2 and 16.3 show the A/D converter-related registers.
Table 16.1
Performance of A/D converter
Item
Performance
Successive approximation (with capacitive coupling amplifier)
0V to Vref
A/D Conversion Method
(1)
Analog Input Voltage
(2)
4.2V ≤ AVCC ≤ 5.5V f1, f2, f4
2.7V ≤ AVCC < 4.2V f2, f4
8 bit or 10 bit is selectable
Operating Clock φAD
Resolution
Absolute Accuracy
AVCC = Vref = 5V
• 8-bit resolution ±2 LSB
• 10-bit resolution ±3 LSB
AVCC = Vref = 3.3 V
• 8-bit resolution ±2 LSB
• 10-bit resolution ±5 LSB
(3)
Operating Mode
Analog Input Pin
One-shot and repeat modes
4 pins (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Start Condition • Software trigger
Set the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to “1” (A/D conversion
starts)
• Capture
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
Conversion Rate Per Pin
• Without sample and hold function
8-bit resolution: 49φAD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 59φAD cycles
• With sample and hold function
8-bit resolution: 28φAD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 33φAD cycles
NOTES:
1. Analog input voltage does not depend on use of sample and hold function.
2. The frequency of φAD must be 10 MHz or below.
Without sample and hold function, the φAD frequency should be 250 kHz or above.
With the sample and hold function, the φAD frequency should be 1 MHz or above.
3. In repeat mode, only 8-bit mode can be used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 168 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Conversion Rate Selection
CKS1=1
f1
f2
CKS0=1
φAD
CKS1=0
f4
CKS0=0
VCUT=0
VCUT=1
AVSS
VREF
Resistor Ladder
Successive Conversion Register
Trigger
ADCAP=0
ADCON0
Software Trigger
Timer Z
Interrupt Request
ADCAP=1
Vcom
AD Register
Data Bus
Decoder
Comparator
VIN
ADGSEL0=0
ADGSEL0=1
CH2 to CH0=100b
CH2 to CH0=101b
P1_0/AN8
P1_1/AN9
P1_2/AN10
P1_3/AN11
CH2 to CH0=110b
CH2 to CH0=111b
CH0 to CH2, CKS0 : Bits in ADCON0 register
CKS1, VCUT: Bits in ADCON1 register
Figure 16.1
Block Diagram of A/D Converter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 169 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
1
Symbol
ADCON0
Bit Symbol
Address
00D6h
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
Bit Name
RW
RW
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
b2 b1 b0
CH0
CH1
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CH2
Other than above : Do not set
A/D Operation Mode Select 0 : On-shot mode
MD
Bit(3)
1 : Repeat mode
A/D Input Group Select Bit 0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit 1 : Starts in capture (Requests Timer Z interrupt)
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
A/D Conversion Start Flag 0 : Disabes A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
CKS0
RW
1 : Do not set
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operatio mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0 0
Symbol
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Address
00D7h
After Reset
00h
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b2-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit(2) 0 : 8-bit mode
1 : 10-bit mode
BITS
CKS1
VCUT
RW
RW
RW
RW
Frequency Select Bit 1
Vref Connect Bit(3)
Reserved Bit
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
0 : Vref not connected
1 : Vref connected
—
(b6-b7)
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. Set the BITS bit to “0” (8-bit mode) in repeat mode.
3. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.2
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 170 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
A/D Control Register 2(1)
16. A/D Converter
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
ADCON2
Address
00D4h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
A/D Conversion Method Select Bit
0 : Without sample and hold
1 : With sample and hold
SMP
—
(b3-b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
—
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON2 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
A/D Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0
b7
b0
Symbol
AD
Address
00C1h-00C0h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to “1” When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to “0”
RW
(10-bit mode).
(8-bit mode).
8 low -order bits in A/D conversion result
A/D conversion result
RO
RO
—
2 high-order bits in A/D conversion result
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
Figure 16.3
ADCON2 and AD Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 171 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16.1 One-Shot Mode
In one-shot mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted once. Table 16.2 lists the
Specification of One-Shot Mode. Figure 16.4 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-Shot
Mode.
Table 16.2
Specification of One-Shot Mode
Item
Specification
Function
The input voltage on one selected pin by the CH2 to CH0 bits is A/D
converted once
Start Condition
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “0” (software trigger),
set the ADST bit to “1” (A-D conversion starts)
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “1” (capture),
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
Stop Condition
• A/D conversion completes (ADST bit is set to “0”)
• Set the ADST bit to “0”
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Input Pin
A/D conversion completes
Select one of AN8 to AN11
Reading of A/D Conversion Read AD register
Result
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 172 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
A/D Control Register 0(1)
16. A/D Converter
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0 1
Symbol
ADCON0
Address
00D6h
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
RW
RW
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
b2 b1 b0
CH0
CH1
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CH2
Other than above : Do not set
A/D Operation Mode Select 0 : One-shot mode
Bit(3)
MD
A/D Input Group Select Bit 0 : Disabled
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit 1 : Starts in capture (requests Timer Z interrupt)
A/D Conversion Start Flag 0 : Disables A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
CKS0
RW
1 : Do not set
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operation mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 1
0 0 0
Symbol
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Address
00D7h
After Reset
00h
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b2-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit
Frequency Select Bit 1
Vref Connect Bit(2)
Reserved Bit
0 : 8-bit mode
1 : 10-bit mode
BITS
CKS1
VCUT
RW
RW
RW
RW
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
1 : Vref connected
—
(b6-b7)
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.4
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-Shot Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 173 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16.2 Repeat Mode
In repeat mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted repeatedly. Table 16.3 lists the
Repeat Mode Specifications. Figure 16.5 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat Mode.
Table 16.3
Repeat Mode Specifications
Item
Specification
Function
The Input voltage on one pin selected by CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 bits
is A/D converted repeatedly
Start condition
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “0” (software trigger)
Set the ADST bit to “1” (A-D conversion starts)
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “1” (capture)
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
Stop condition
Set the ADST bit to “0”
Interrupt request generation Not generated
timing
Input pin
Select one of AN8 to AN11
Read AD register
Reading of result of A/D
converter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 174 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
A/D Control Register 0(1)
16. A/D Converter
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
Symbol
ADCON0
Address
00D6h
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
RW
RW
b2 b1 b0
CH0
CH1
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CH2
Other than above : Do not set
A/D Operating Mode Select 1 : Repeat mode
Bit(3)
MD
A/D Input Group Select Bit 0 : Disabled
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit 1 : Starts in capture (requests Timer Z interrupt)
A/D Conversion Start Flag 0 : Disables A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
CKS0
RW
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
1 : Do not set
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operating mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 1
0 0 0 0
Symbol
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Address
00D7h
After Reset
00h
Bit Name
Function
RW
RW
—
(b2-b0)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit(2) 0 : 8-bit mode
BITS
CKS1
VCUT
RW
RW
RW
RW
Frequency Select Bit 1
Vref Connect Bit(3)
Reserved Bit
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
1 : Vref connected
—
(b6-b7)
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. Set the BITS bit to “0” (8-bit mode) in repeat mode.
3. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.5
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 175 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16.3 Sample and Hold
When the SMP bit in the ADCON2 register is set to “1” (with sample and hold function), A/D conversion
rate per pin increases to 28φAD cycles for 8-bit resolution or 33φAD cycles for 10-bit resolution. The
sample and hold function is available in all operating modes. Start the A/D conversion after selecting
whether the sample and hold circuit is to be used or not.
When performing the A/D conversion, charge the comparator capacitor in the microcomputer.
Figure 16.6 shows the Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion.
Sample & Hold
Disabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit
at the 2nd bit
Comparison
Comparison
Time
Comparison
Time
Sampling Time
4ø AD cycle
Sampling Time
2.5ø AD cycle
Sampling Time
2.5ø AD cycle
Time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Sample & Hold
Enabled
at the 2nd bit
Conversion time at the 1st bit
Comparison Comparison Comparison Comparison
Time Time Time Time
Sampling Time
4ø AD cycle
* Repeat until conversion ends
Figure 16.6
Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion
16.4 A/D Conversion Cycles
Figure 16.7 shows the A/D Conversion Cycles.
Conversion time at the 2nd
bit and the follows
Conversion time at the 1st bit
End process
Conversion Sampling Comparison Sampling Comparison
End process
A/D Conversion Mode
Time
Time
4φAD
4φAD
4φAD
4φAD
Time
Time
Time
Without Sample & Hold
8 bits
10 bits
8 bits
49φAD
59φAD
28φAD
33φAD
2.0φAD
2.0φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
0.0φAD
0.0φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
8.0φAD
8.0φAD
4.0φAD
4.0φAD
Without Sample & Hold
With Sample & Hold
With Sample & Hold
10 bits
Figure 16.7
A/D Conversion Cycles
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 176 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Figure 16.8 shows the Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input.
VCC
VCC VSS
AVCC
ON Resistor
Approx. 0.6kΩ
ON Resistor
Approx. 2kΩ
Parasitic Diode
AN8
Wiring Resistor
Approx. 0.2kΩ
C = Approx.1.5pF
AMP
Analog Input
Voltage
VIN
SW1
SW2
ON Resistor
Approx. 5kΩ
Parasitic Diode
Sampling
Control Signal
SW3
SW4
VSS
i=4
i Ladder-type
Switches
i Ladder-type
Wiring Resistors
Chopper-type
Amplifier
AVSS
ON Resistor
Wiring Resistor
Approx. 2kΩ
Approx. 0.2kΩ
AN11
SW1
A/D Successive
Conversion Register
b2 b1 b0
Reference
Control Signal
A/D Control Register 0
Vref
VREF
Comparison
voltage
Approx. 0.6k f
SW2
Resistor
ladder
ON Resistor
A/D Conversion
Interrupt Request
AVSS
Comparison reference voltage
(Vref) generator
Sampling
Connect to
Comparison
SW1 conducts only on the ports selected for analog input.
SW2 and SW3 are open when A/D conversion is not in progress;
Control signal
for SW2
their status varies as shown by the waveforms in the diagrams on the left.
Connect to
Connect to
SW4 conducts only when A/D conversion is not in progress.
Connect to
Control signal
for SW3
NOTES:
1. Use only as a standard for designing this data.
Mass production may cause some changes in device characteristics.
Figure 16.8
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 177 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
16. A/D Converter
16.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
Figure 16.9 shows the Configuration of the Inflow Current Bypass Circuit, Figure 16.10 shows the Example of an
Inflow Current Bypass Circuit where VCC or More is Applied.
OFF
OFF
Fixed to GND level
ON
Unselected
Channel
To the internal logic
of the A/D Converter
ON
ON
External input
latched into
Selected
Channel
OFF
Figure 16.9
Configuration of the Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
VCC or more
Leakage Current
Generated
Unselected
Channel
OFF
OFF
Leakage Current
Generated
ON
Unaffected
by leakage
To the internal logic
of the A/D Converter
Selected
Channel
ON
ON
Sensor Input
OFF
Figure 16.10 Example of an Inflow Current Bypass Circuit where VCC or More is Applied
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 178 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Programmable Input/Output ports (hereafter referred to as “I/O ports”) have 13 ports of the P1, P3_3 to
P3_5, P3_7, and P4_5. Also, the main clock oscillation circuit is not used, the P4_6 and P4_7 can be used
as the input port only. Table 17.1 lists the Overview of Programmable I/O Ports.
Table 17.1
Ports
Overview of Programmable I/O Ports
I/O Output Form
Internal Pull-Up
Resistor
Drive Capacity
Selection
I/O Setting
(1)
(2)
P1
I/O CMOS3 State
Set every bit
Set every 4 bits
Set every bit
of P1_0 to P1_3
None
(1)
P3_3, P4_5
I/O CMOS3 State
Set every bit
Set every bit
Set every bit
(1)
P3_4, P3_5, P3_7 I/O CMOS3 State
None
Set every 3 bits
None
(3)
I
(Without output function) None
None
P4_6, P4_7
NOTES:
1. In input mode, whether the internal pull-up resistor is connected or not can be selected by the PUR0
and PUR1 registers.
2. This port can be used as the LED drive port by setting the DRR register to “1” (High).
3. When the main clock oscillation circuit is not used, these ports can be used as the input port only.
17.1 Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
The PDi_j (j=0 to 7) bit in the PDi (i=1,3 and 4) register controls I/O of the ports P1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7
and P4_5. The Pi register consists of a port latch to hold output data and a circuit to read pin state.
Figures 17.1 to 17.3 show the Configurations of Programmable I/O Ports.
Table 17.2 lists the Functions of Programmable I/O Ports. Also, Figure 17.5 shows the PD1, PD3 and
PD4 Registers. Figure 17.6 shows the P1, P3 and P4 Registers, Figure 17.7 shows the PUR0 and PUR1
Registers and Figure 17.8 shows the DRR Register.
Table 17.2
Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
(1)
Operation When
Accessing
Pi Register
Reading
Value of PDi_j Bit in PDi Register
When PDi_j bit is set to “0” (input mode) When PDi_j bit is set to “1” (output mode)
Read pin input level
Write to the port latch
Read the port latch
Writing
Write to the port latch. The value written in
the port latch, it is output from the pin.
NOTES:
1. Nothing is assigned to the PD3_0 to PD3_2, PD3_6, PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7 bits.
17.2 Effect on Peripheral Functions
Programmable I/O ports function as I/O of peripheral functions (Refer to Table 1.6 Pin Name Information
by Pin Number). Table 17.3 lists the Setting of PDi_j Bit When Functioning as I/O of Peripheral
Functions. Refer to descriptions of each function for how to set peripheral functions.
Table 17.3
Setting of PDi_j Bit When Functioning as I/O of Peripheral Functions
I/O of Peripheral Functions
PDi_j Bit Setting of Port shared with Pin
Set this bit to “0” (input mode).
This bit can be set to both “0” and “1” (output regardless of the port setting)
Input
Output
17.3 Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports
Figure 17.4 shows the Configuration of I/O Pins.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 179 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
P1_0 to P1_3
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Pull-up Selection
"1"
Direction
Register
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Drive Capacity Selection
Input to each peripheral function
Analog Input
P1_4
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
P1_5
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
NOTES :
1.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.1
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (1)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 180 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
P1_6, P1_7
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Pull-Up Selection
“1”
Direction
Register
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
P3_3
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Digital
Filter
Input to each peripheral function
P3_4, P3_5, P3_7
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
NOTES :
1.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.2
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 181 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
P4_5
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 4)
Digital
Filter
Input to each peripheral function
P4_6/XIN
Data Bus
(Note 4)
Clocked Inverter(1)
(Note 2)
P4_7/XOUT
(Note 3)
Data Bus
(Note 4)
NOTES:
1. When CM05=1, CM10=1, or CM13=0, the clocked inverter is cutoff.
2. When CM10=1 or CM13=0, the feedback resistor is unconnected.
3. When CM05=CM13=1 or CM10=CM13=1, this pin is pulled up.
4.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.3
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 182 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
MODE
MODE Signal Input
(Note 1)
RESET
RESET Signal Input
(Note 1)
NOTES :
1.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.4
Configuration of I/O Pins
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 183 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port Pi Direction Register (i=1, 3, 4)(1, 2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
PD1
Address
00E3h
After Reset
00h
00h
00E7h
PD3
00EAh
Bit Name
00h
PD4
Bit Symbol
Function
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
PDi_0
PDi_1
PDi_2
PDi_3
PDi_4
PDi_5
PDi_6
PDi_7
Port Pi0 Direc tion Bit
Port Pi1 Direc tion Bit
0 : Input mode
(Functions as an input port)
1 : Output mode
(Functions as an output port)
Port Pi2 Direc tion Bit
Port Pi3 Direction Bit
Port Pi4 Direc tion Bit
Port Pi5 Direc tion Bit
Port Pi6 Direc tion Bit
Port Pi7 Direction Bit
NOTES :
1. Bits PD3_0 to PD3_2 and PD3_6 in the PD3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits PD3_0 to
PD3_2 and PD3_6, set to “0” (input mode). When read, the content is “0”.
2. Bits PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7 in the PD4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits
PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7, set to “0” (input mode). When read, the content is “0”.
Figure 17.5
PD1, PD3 and PD4 Registers
Port Pi Register (i=1, 3, 4)(1, 2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
P1
Address
00E1h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Function
00E5h
P3
00E8h
P4
Bit Symbol
Pi_0
Bit Name
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Port Pi0 Bit
Port Pi1 Bit
Port Pi2 Bit
Port Pi3 Bit
Port Pi4 Bit
Port Pi5 Bit
Port Pi6 Bit
Port Pi7 Bit
The pin level on any I/O port w hich is set
for input mode can be read by reading the
corresponding bit in this register. The pin
level on any I/O port w hich is set for
output mode can be controlled by w riting
to the corresponding bit in this register.
0 : “L” level
Pi_1
Pi_2
Pi_3
Pi_4
Pi_5
Pi_6
1 : “H” level(1)
Pi_7
RW
NOTES :
1. Bits P3_0 to P3_2 and P3_6 in the P3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P3_0 to P3_2
and P3_6, set to “0” (“L” level). When read, the content is “0”.
2. Bits P4_0 to P4_4 in the P4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P4_0 to P4_4, set to
“0” (“L” level). When read, the content is “0”.
Figure 17.6
P1, P3 and P4 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 184 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Pull-Up Control Register 0
17. Programmable I/O Ports
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
Address
00FCh
After Reset
00XX0000b
Function
PUR0
Bit Symbol
(b1-b0)
PU02
Bit Name
RW
RW
RW
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
P1_0 to P1_3 pull-up(1)
P1_4 to P1_7 pull-up(1)
0 : Not pulled up
1 : Pulled up
PU03
—
(b5-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
PU06
P3_3 pull-up(1)
P3_4 to P3_5 and P3_7 pll-up(1)
0 : Not pulled up
1 : Pulled up
RW
RW
PU07
NOTES :
1. When this bit is set to “1” (pulled up), the pin w hose direct bit is set to “0” (input mode) is pulled up.
Pull-up Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
PUR1
Bit Symbol
Address
00FDh
After Reset
XXXXXX0Xb
Function
Bit Name
RW
—
—
(b0)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
P4_5 pull-up(1)
0 : Not pulled up
1 : Pulled up
PU11
RW
—
—
(b7-b2)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES :
1. When the PU11 bit is set to “1” (pulled up) and the PD4_5 bit is set to “0” (input mode), the P4_5 pin is
pulled up.
Figure 17.7
PUR0 and PUR1 Registers
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
00FEh
After Reset
00h
DRR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
DRR0
DRR1
DRR2
DRR3
(b7-b4)
P1_0 Drive Capacity
P1_1 Drive Capacity
Set P1 N-channel output transistor drive
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
capacity
0 : Low
1 : High
P1_2 Drive Capacity
P1_3 Drive Capacity
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Figure 17.8
DRR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 185 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
17.4 Port setting
Table 17.4 to Table 17.17 list the port setting.
Table 17.4
Port P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Function
PD1_0
PU02
DRR0
KI0EN
CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT0
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
1
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1001b
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
KI0 input
Setting
Value
X
X
X
X
A/D Converter input (AN8)
Output port
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1
Output port (High drive)
CMP0_0 output
X
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.5
Port P1_1/KI1/AN9/CMP0_1 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Function
PD1_1
PU02
DRR1
KI1EN CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT1
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
1
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1011b
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
KI1 input
Setting
Value
X
X
X
X
A/D Converter input (AN9)
Output port
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1
Output port (High drive)
CMP0_1 output
X
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.6
Port P1_2/KI2/AN10/CMP0_2 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Function
PD1_2
PU02
DRR2
KI2EN CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT2
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
1
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1101b
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
KI2 input
Setting
Value
X
X
X
X
A/D Converter input (AN10)
Output port
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1
Output port (High drive)
CMP0_2 input
X
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 186 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 17.7
Port P1_3/KI3/AN11/TZOUT Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
PU02
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TZMR
TZOC
Function
CH2, CH1, CH0,
ADGSEL0
TZMOD1,
TZMOD0
Bit
PD1_3
DRR3
KI3EN
TZOCNT
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
X
X
X
0
1
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
1
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
1111b
00b
00b
00b
00b
00b
00b
01b
01b
01b
1Xb
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
KI3 input
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A/D Converter input (AN11)
Output port
X
X
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
XXXXb
Setting
Value
1
Output port (High drive)
Output port
0
1
1
Output port (High drive)
TZOUT output
X
X
0
X
TZOUT output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.8
Port P1_4/TXD0 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
U0MR
U0C0
Function
PD1_4
PU03
SMD2, SMD1, SMD0
NCH
X
0
0
1
0
1
X
000b
000b
000b
001b
100b
101b
110b
001b
100b
101b
110b
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
Output port
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
TXD0 output, CMOS output
Setting
Value
TXD0 output, N-channel open output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.9
Port P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
UCON
TXMR
Function
PD1_5
PU03
CNTRSEL
TXMOD1, TXMOD0
XXb
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
X
X
X
1
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
RXD0 input
XXb
X
X
X
X
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Setting
Value
CNTR01/INT11 input
Output port
X
1
CNTR01 output
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 187 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 17.10 Port P1_6/CLK0/SSI Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
U0MR
SMD2, SMD1, SMD0, CKDIR
Other than 0X10b
Other than 0X10b
XXX1b
Function
PD1_6
PU03
0
0
0
1
X
0
1
0
X
X
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
CLK0 (external clock) input
Output port
Setting
Value
Other than 0X10b
0X10b
CLK0 (internal clock) output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.11 Port P1_7/CNTR00/INT10 Setting
Register
Bit
PD1
PUR0
TXMR
UCON
Function
PD1_7
PU03
TXMOD1, TXMOD0
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
Other than 01b
CNTRSEL
0
0
0
1
X
0
1
X
X
0
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
CNTR00/INT10 input
Output port
Setting
Value
0
X
X
X
0
CNTR00 output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.12 Port P3_3/TCIN/INT3/SSI/CMP1_0 Setting
SSU (Refer to Table 15.3 Association
Register
Bit
PD3
PUR0
between Communication Modes and I/O
Pins)
TCOUT
Function
PD3_3
PU06
SSI Output Control
SSI Input Control
TCOUT3
0
0
X
1
X
X
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
X
0
1
X
0
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
SSI input
0
Setting
Value
X
X
X
X
Output port
CMP1_0 output
SSI output
TCIN input/INT3
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.13 Port P3_4/SCS/CMP1_1 Setting
SSU (Refer to Table 15.3 Association
between Communication Modes and I/O
Pins)
Register
Bit
PD3
PUR0
TCOUT
Function
PD3_4
PU07
SCS Output Control SCS Input Control
TCOUT4
0
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
X
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
SCS input
0
Setting
Value
X
X
X
Output port
CMP1_1 output
SCS output
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 188 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 17.14 Port P3_5/SSCK/CMP1_2 Setting
SSU (Refer to Table 15.3 Association
Register
Bit
PD3
PUR0
between Communication Modes and I/O
Pins)
TCOUT
Function
PD3_5
PU07
SSCK Output Control SSCK Input Control
TCOUT5
0
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
X
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
SSCK input
0
Setting
Value
X
X
X
Output port
CMP1_2 output
SSCK output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.15 Port P3_7/CNTR0/SSO Setting
SSU (Refer to Table 15.3 Association
Register
Bit
PD3
PUR0
PU07
between Communication Modes and
I/O Pins)
TXMR
UCON
Function
SSO Output
Control
SSO Input
Control
U1SEL1,
U1SEL0
PD3_7
TXOCNT
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
X
X
0Xb
0Xb
0Xb
XXb
XXb
XXb
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
Output port
1
X
X
X
X
Setting
Value
X
X
X
CNTR0 output pin
SSO input pin
SSO output pin
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.16 Port XIN/P4_6, XOUT/P4_7 Setting
Register
Bit
CM1
CM13
1
CM1
CM10
1
CM0
CM05
1
Circuit Specification
Function
Oscillation
Feedback
Buffer
Resistance
OFF
OFF
ON
XIN-XOUT oscillation stop
External input to XIN pin, “H” output
from XOUT pin
1
0
1
OFF
Setting
Value
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
OFF
ON
ON
ON
XIN-XOUT oscillation stop
XIN-XOUT oscillation
Input port
X
X
OFF
OFF
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.17 Port P4_5/INT0 Setting
Register
Bit
PD4
PUR1
INTEN
Function
PD4_5
PU11
INT0EN
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
X
0
0
1
X
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
INT0 input
Setting
Value
Output port
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 189 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
17.5 Unassigned Pin Handling
Table 17.18 lists the Unassigned Pin Handling. Figure 17.9 show the Unassigned Pin Handling.
Table 17.18 Unassigned Pin Handling
Pin Name
Ports P1, P3_3 to P3_5,
P3_7, P4_5
Connection
• After setting to input mode, connect every pin to VSS via a resistor (pull-
(2)
down) or connect every pin to VCC via a resistor (pull-up).
(1, 2)
• After setting to output mode, leave these pins open.
(2)
Ports P4_6, P4_7
AVCC, VREF
Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)
Connect to VCC
(3)
(2)
RESET
Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)
NOTES:
1. When setting these ports to output mode and leaving them open, they remain input mode until they
are switched to output mode by a program. The voltage level of these pins may be indeterminate
and the power current may increase while the ports remain input mode.
The content of the direction registers may change due to noise or out of control caused by noise. In
order to enhance program reliability, set the direction registers periodically by a program.
2. Connect these unassigned pins to the microcomputer using the shortest wire length (within 2 cm)
as possible.
3. When power-on reset function is used.
Microcomputer
Port P1, P3_3 to P3_5, (Input mode)
:
:
P3_7, P4_5
:
:
(Input mode)
(Output mode)
Open
Port P4_6, P4_7
RESET(1)
AVCC/VREF
NOTES:
1. When power-on reset function is used.
Figure 17.9
Unassigned Pin Handling
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 190 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18. Flash Memory Version
18.1 Overview
In the flash memory version, rewrite operations to the flash memory can be performed in three modes;
CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, parallel I/O modes.
Table 18.1 lists the Flash Memory Version Performance (see Table 1.1 Performance Outline of the R8C/
14 Group and Table 1.2 Performance Outline of the R8C/15 Group for the items not listed on Table
18.1).
Table 18.1
Flash Memory Version Performance
Item
Specification
Flash Memory Operating Mode 3 modes (CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, and parallel I/O mode)
Division of Erase Block
Program Method
Erase Method
See Figure 18.1 and Figure 18.2
Byte unit
Block erase
Program, Erase Control Method Program and erase control by software command
Rewrite Control Method
Rewrite control for Block 0 and 1 by FMR02 bit in FMR0 register
Rewrite control for Block 0 by FMR16 bit and Block 1 by FMR16 bit
5 commands
Number of Commands
Program and
Erase
Block0 and 1
(Program ROM)
R8C/14 Group : 100 times ; R8C/15 Group : 1,000 times
(1)
BlockA and B
10,000 times
Endurance
(2)
(Data flash)
ID Code Check Function
ROM Code Protect
Standard serial I/O mode supported
For parallel I/O mode supported
NOTES:
1. Definition of program and erase endurance.
The program and erase endurance is defined to be per-block. When the program and erase
endurance is n times (n=100 or 10,000 times), to erase n times per block is possible. For example, if
performing one-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1K-byte block 1,024 times and
then erasing that block, the program and erase endurance is counted as one time. If rewriting more
than 100 times, execute the program until the blank areas are all used to reduce the substantial
rewrite endurance and then erase. Do not rewrite only particular blocks and rewrite to average the
program and erase endurance to each block. Also keep the erase endurance as information and set
up the limit endurance.
2. Blocks A and B are embedded only in the R8C/15 group.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 191 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Standard Serial I/O Mode Parallel I/O mode
Table 18.2
Flash Memory Rewrite Modes
Flash Memory
Rewrite mode
Function
CPU Rewrite Mode
User ROM area is rewritten by
executing software commands
from the CPU.
User ROM area is rewritten User ROM area is
by using a dedicated serial rewritten by using a
programmer.
dedicated parallel
programmer.
EW0 mode: Rewritable in any
area other than
flash memory
EW1 mode: Rewritable in flash
memory
Areas which can User ROM area
be rewritten
User ROM area
User ROM area
Operating Mode Single chip mode
Boot mode
Parallel I/O mode
ROM
None
Serial programmer
Parallel programmer
Programmer
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 192 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.2 Memory Map
The flash memory contains a user ROM area and a boot ROM area (reserved area). Figure 18.1 shows
the Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/14 Group. Figure 18.2 shows the Flash Memory Block
Diagram for R8C/15 Group.
The user ROM area of R8C/15 group contains an area (program ROM) which stores a microcomputer
operating program and the 1-Kbyte Block A and B (data flash).
The user ROM area is divided into several blocks. The user ROM area can be rewritten in CPU rewrite
and standard serial I/O and parallel I/O modes.
When rewriting the Block 0 and Block 1 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to
“1” (rewrite enables), and when setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (rewrite enables),
Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (rewrite enables), Block 1 is rewritable.
The rewrite control program for standard serial I/O mode is stored in boot ROM area before shipment.
The boot ROM area and the user ROM area share the same address, but have an another memory.
16 Kbytes ROM Product
0C000h
12 Kbytes ROM Product
Block 1 : 4 Kbytes(1)
Block 1 : 8 Kbytes(1)
Program ROM
0E000h
0D000h
8 Kbytes ROM Product
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0DFFFh
0E000h
0DFFFh
0E000h
0E000h
0FFFFh
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
User ROM Area
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
User ROM Area
8 Kbytes
0FFFFh
NOTES:
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
User ROM Area
Boot ROM Area
(Reserved Area)(2)
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (enable to rewrite),
Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode).
2. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 18.1
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/14 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 193 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
16 Kbytes ROM Product
12 Kbytes ROM Product
Block A : 1 Kbyte
8 Kbytes ROM Product
Block A : 1 Kbyte
02400h
02400h
02BFFh
02400h
02BFFh
Block A : 1 Kbyte
Data flash
Block B : 1 Kbyte
02BFFh
Block B : 1 Kbyte
Block B : 1 Kbyte
0C000h
Program ROM
0E000h
Block 1 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0D000h
Block 1 : 4 Kbytes(1)
0DFFFh
0E000h
0DFFFh
0E000h
0E000h
0FFFFh
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
User ROM Area
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
User ROM Area
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
8 Kbytes
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
Boot ROM Area
User ROM Area
(Reserved Area)(2)
NOTES:
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (enables to
rewrite), Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode).
2. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 18.2
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/15 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 194 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting
Standard serial I/O mode contains an ID code check function, and the parallel I/O mode contains a ROM
code protect function to prevent the flash memory from reading or rewriting easily.
18.3.1 ID Code Check Function
Use this function in standard serial I/O mode. Unless the flash memory is blank, the ID codes sent
from the programmer and the ID codes written in the flash memory are determined whether they
match. If the ID codes do not match, the commands sent from the programmer are not
acknowledged. The ID code consists of 8-bit data, the areas of which, beginning with the first byte,
are 00FFDFh, 00FFE3h, 00FFEBh, 00FFEFh, 00FFF3h, 00FFF7h, and 00FFFBh. Write a program in
which the ID codes are set at these addresses and write it in the flash memory.
Address
00FFDFh to 00FFDCh
00FFE3h to 00FFE0h
00FFE7h to 00FFE4h
00FFEBh to 00FFE8h
00FFEFh to 00FFECh
00FFF3h to 00FFF0h
00FFF7h to 00FFF4h
00FFFBh to 00FFF8h
00FFFFh to 00FFFCh
Undefined Instruction Vector
ID1
ID2 Overflow Vector
BRK Instruction Vector
ID3 Address Match Vector
ID4 Single Step Vector
Oscillation Stop Detection/Watchdog
Timer/Voltage Monitor 2 Vector
ID5
ID6 Address Break
ID7
(Reserved)
Reset Vector
(Note 1)
4 bytes
NOTES:
1. The OFS register is assigned to 00FFFFh. Refer to
Figure 12.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS registers for
the OFS register details.
Figure 18.3
Address for ID Code Stored
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 195 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.3.2 ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and change the internal flash memory by the OFS
register in parallel I/O mode. Figure 18.4 shows the OFS Register.
The ROM code protect function is enabled by writing “0” to the ROMCP1 bit and “1” to the ROMCR bit
and disables to read and change the internal flash memory. Once the ROM code protect is enabled,
the content in the internal flash memory cannot be rewritten in parallel I/O mode. To disable ROM
code protect, erase the block including the OFS register with CPU rewrite mode or standard serial I/O
mode.
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
1
Symbol
OFS
Address
0FFFFh
Before Shipment
FFh(2)
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Watchdog Timer Start
Select Bit
Function
RW
RW
0 : Starts w atchdog timer automatically after reset
1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset
WDTON
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
RW
RW
RW
RW
ROM Code Protect
Disabled Bit
0 : ROM code protect disabled
1 : ROMCP1enabled
ROMCR
ROM Code Protect Bit
0 : ROM code protect enabled
1 : ROM code protect disabled
ROMCP1
—
(b6-b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
Count Source Protect
0 : Count source protect mode after reset enabled
Mode After Reset Select 1 : Count source protect mode after reset disabled
Bit
CSPROINI
RW
NOTES :
1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program.
2. If the block including the OFS register is erased, “FFh” is set to the OFS register.
Figure 18.4
OFS Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 196 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
In CPU rewrite mode, user ROM area can be rewritten by executing software commands from the CPU.
Therefore, the user ROM area can be rewritten directly while the microcomputer is mounted on a board
without using such as a ROM programmer. Execute the program and block erase commands only to
each block in user ROM area.
When an interrupt request is generated during an erase operation in CPU rewrite mode, the flash
module contains an erase-suspend function which performs the interrupt process after the erase
operation is halted temporarily. During the erase-suspend, user ROM area can be read by a program.
CPU rewrite mode contains erase write 0 mode(EW0 mode) and erase write 1 mode(EW1 mode). Table
18.3 lists the Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode.
Table 18.3
Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode
Item EW0 Mode
Single chip mode
EW1 Mode
Single chip mode
Operating Mode
Area in which rewrite
control program can be
located
User ROM area
User ROM area
Area in which rewrite
control program can be
executed
Necessary to transfer to any areas
other than the flash memory (e.g.,
RAM) before executing
Executing directly on user ROM area
is possible
Area which can be
rewritten
User ROM area
User ROM area
However, other than the blocks
which contain a rewrite control
(1)
program
Software Command
Restriction
None
• Program, block erase command
Disable to execute on any block
which contains a rewrite control
program
• Disables to execute the read status
register command
Mode after Program or
Erase
Read status register mode
Operating
Read array mode
CPU Status during Auto-
Write and Auto-Erase
Flash Memory Status
Detection
Hold state (I/O ports hold state
before the command is executed)
Read the FMR00, FMR06, and
FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by a
program
• Read the FMR00, FMR06, and
FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by
a program
• Execute the read status register
command and read the SR7, SR5,
and SR4 bits in the status register.
Condition for Transition to Set the FMR40 and FMR41 bits in
The FMR40 bit in the FMR4 register
is set to “1” and the interrupt request
of the enabled maskable interrupt is
generated
Erase-Suspend
the FMR4 register to “1” by a
program.
CPU Clock
NOTES:
5MHz or below
No restriction to the following (clock
frequency to be used)
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (rewrite enables) and rewriting Block 0 is
enabled by setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (rewrite enables). Rewriting Block 1 is
enabled by setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (rewrite enables).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 197 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.1 EW0 Mode
The microcomputer enters CPU rewrite mode and software commands can be acknowledged by
setting the FMR01 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (CPU rewrite mode enabled). In this case, since the
FMR11 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “0”, EW0 mode is selected.
Use software commands to control a program and erase operations. The FMR0 register or the status
register can determine status when program and erase operation complete.
When entering an erase-suspend, set the FMR40 bit to “1” (enables erase-suspend) and the FMR41
bit to “1” (requests erase-suspend). Wait for td(SR-ES) and ensure that the FMR46 bit is set to “1”
(enables reading) before accessing the user ROM area. The auto-erase operation restarts by setting
the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restarts).
18.4.2 EW1 Mode
The microcomputer enters EW1 mode by setting the FMR11 bit to “1” (EW1 mode) after setting the
FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite mode enabled).
The FMR0 register can determine status when program and erase operation complete. Do not
execute the read status register command in EW1 mode.
To enable the erase-suspend function, execute the block erase command after setting the FMR40 bit
to “1” (enables erase-suspend). The interrupt to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt
enabled status. After passing td(SR-ES) since the block erase command is executed, an interrupt
request is acknowledged.
When an interrupt request is generated, the FMR41 bit is automatically set to "1" (requests erase-
suspend) and the auto-erase operation is halted. If the auto-erase operation does not complete
(FMR00 bit is “0”) when the interrupt process completes, the auto-erase operation restarts by setting
the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restarts)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 198 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.5 shows the FMR0 Register. Figure 18.6 shows the FMR1 and FMR4 Registers.
18.4.2.1 FMR00 Bit
This bit indicates the operating status of the flash memory. The bit is “0” during programming, erasing,
or erase-suspend mode; otherwise, the bit is “1”.
18.4.2.2 FMR01 Bit
The microcomputer is made ready to accept commands by setting the FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite
mode).
18.4.2.3 FMR02 Bit
The Block1 and Block0 do not accept the Program and Block Erase commands if the FMR02 bit is set
to “0” (rewrite disabled).
The Block0 and Block1 are controlled rewriting in the FMR15 and FMR16 bits if the FMR02 bit is set
to “1” (rewrite enabled).
18.4.2.4 FMSTP Bit
This bit is provided for initializing the flash memory control circuits, as well as for reducing the amount
of current consumed in the flash memory. The flash memory is disabled against access by setting the
FMSTP bit to “1”. Therefore, the FMSTP bit must be written to by a program in other than the flash
memory.
In the following cases, set the FMSTP bit to “1”:
• When flash memory access resulted in an error while erasing or programming in EW0 mode
(FMR00 bit not reset to “1” (ready))
• When entering on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop)
Figure 18.10 shows a flow chart to be followed before and after entering on-chip oscillator mode
(main clock stop). Note that when going to stop or wait mode while the CPU rewrite mode is disabled,
the FMR0 register does not need to be set because the power for the flash memory is automatically
turned off and is turned back on again after returning from stop or wait mode.
18.4.2.5 FMR06 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto program operation. The bit is set to “1” when a
program error occurs; otherwise, it is cleared to “0”. For details, refer to the description of the 18.4.5
Full Status Check.
18.4.2.6 FMR07 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto erase operation. The bit is set to “1” when an erase
error occurs; otherwise, it is set to “0”. Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check for the details.
18.4.2.7 FMR11 Bit
Setting this bit to “1” (EW1 mode) places the microcomputer in EW1 mode.
18.4.2.8 FMR15 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to “1” (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit is set to “0” (rewrite enabled),
the Block0 accepts the program command and block erase command.
18.4.2.9 FMR16 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to “1” (rewrite enabled) and the FMR16 bit is set to “0” (rewrite enabled),
the Block1 accepts the program command and block erase command.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 199 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.2.10 FMR40 bit
The erase-suspend function is enabled by setting the FMR40 bit to “1” (enable).
18.4.2.11 FMR41 bit
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters erase-suspend mode when setting the FMR41 bit to “1” by a
program. The FMR41 bit is automatically set to “1” (requests erase-suspend) when an interrupt
request of an enabled interrupt is generated in EW1 mode, and then the microcomputer enters erase-
suspend mode.
Set the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restart) when the auto-erase operation restarts.
18.4.2.12 FMR46 bit
The FMR46 bit is set to “0” (disable reading) during auto-erase execution and set to “1” (enables
reading) in erase-suspend mode. Do not access to the flash memory while this bit is set to “0”.
Flash Memory Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
FMR0
Address
01B7h
After Reset
00000001b
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Function
RW
RO
___
0 : Busy (During w riting or erasing)
1 : READY
RY/BY Status Flag
FMR00
FMR01
FMR02
CPU Rew rite Mode Select Bit(1)
0 : CPU rew rite mode disabled
1 : CPU rew rite mode enabled
RW
RW
Block 0, 1 Rew rite Enable Bit(2, 6) 0 : Disables rew rite
1 : Enables rew rite
Flash Memory Stop Bit(3, 5)
0 : Enables flash memory operation
1 : Stops flash memory
FMSTP
RW
(Enters low -pow er consumption state
and flash memory is reset)
—
(b5-b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RO
RO
Program Status Flag(4)
Erase Status Flag(4)
0 : Completed successfully
1 : Terminated by error
FMR06
FMR07
0 : Completed successfully
1 : Terminated by error
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0”. Do not generate an interrupt betw een
setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”. Enter read array mode and set this bit to “0”.
2. Set this bit to “1” immediately after setting this bit first to “0” w hile the FMR01 bit is set to “1”.
Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
3. Set this bit by a program in a space other than the flash memory.
4. This bit is set to “0” by executing the clear status command.
5. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU rew rite mode). When the FMR01 bit is set to “0” and w riting
“1” to the FMSTPbit, the FMSTPbit is set to “1”. The flash memory does not enter low -pow er
consumption stat nor is reset.
6. When setting the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rew rite mode disabled), the FMR02 bit is set to “0” (disables rew rite).
Figure 18.5
FMR0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 200 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Flash Memory Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
0 0 0
Symbol
FMR1
Bit Symbol
Address
01B5h
After Reset
1000000Xb
Function
Bit Name
RW
RO
—
(b0)
Reserved Bit
When read, its content is indeterminate.
EW1 Mode Select Bit(1, 2)
Reserved Bit
0 : EW0 mode
1 : EW1 mode
FMR11
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
(b4-b2)
Set to “0”
Block 0 Rew rite Disable Bit(2,3)
Block 1 Rew rite Disable Bit(2,3)
Reserved Bit
0 : Enables rew rite
1 : Disables rew rite
FMR15
FMR16
0 : Enables rew rite
1 : Disables rew rite
—
(b7)
Set to “1”
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0” w hile the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU
rew rite mode enable) . Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
2. This bit is set to “0” by setting the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rew rite mode disabled).
3. When the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU rew rite mode enabled), the FMR15 and FMR16 bits can be w ritten.
When setting this bit to “0”, set to “0” immediately after setting it first to “1”.
When setting this bit to “1”, set it to “1”.
Flash Memory Control Register 4
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
FMR4
Bit Symbol
Address
01B3h
After Reset
01000000b
Function
Bit Name
RW
RW
Erase-Suspend Function
Enable Bit(1)
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
FMR40
FMR41
Erase-Suspend Request
Bit(2)
0 : Erase restart
1 : Erase-suspend request
RW
RO
RO
RW
—
(b5-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Read Status Flag
Reserved Bit
0 : Disables reading
1 : Enables reading
FMR46
—
(b7)
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0”. Do not generate an interrupt betw een
setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
2. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR40 bit is set to “1” (enable) and this bit can be w ritten during the period betw een
issuing an erase command and completing an erase (This bit is set to “0” during the periods other than above).
In EW0 mode, this can be set to “0” and “1” by a program.
In EW1 mode, this bit is automatically set to “1” if a maskable interrupt is generated during an erase
operation w hile the FMR40 bit is set to “1”. Do not set this bit to “1” by a program (“0” can be w ritten).
Figure 18.6
FMR1 and FMR4 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 201 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.7 shows the Timing on Suspend Operation.
Erase
Starts
Erase
Suspends
Erase
Restarts
Erase
Ends
During Erase
During Erase
“1”
“0”
FMR00 Bit in
FMR0 Register
FMR46 Bit in
FMR4 Register
“1”
“0”
Check the Status,
and that the erase
operation ends
normally.
Check that the
FMR00 bit is set to
“0”, and that the
erase operation has
not ended.
Figure 18.7
Timing on Suspend Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 202 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.8 shows the How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode. Figure 18.9 shows the How to Set and Exit
EW1 Mode.
EW0 Mode Operating Procedure
Rewrite Control Program
Set the FMR01 bit by writing “0” and then “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)(2)
Set CM0 and CM1 registers(1)
Execute software commands
Transfer a rewrite control program which uses CPU
rewrite mode to any areas other than the flash
Execute the read array command(3)
memory
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
Jump to the rewrite control program which has been
transferred to any areas other than the flash memory
(The subsequent process is executed by the rewrite
control program in any areas other than the flash
memory)
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES :
1. Select 5MHz or below for the CPU clock by the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register.
2. When setting the FMR01 bit to “1”, write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”. Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and
“1”.
3. Disable the CPU rewrite mode after executing the read array command.
Figure 18.8
How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode
EW1 Mode Operating Procedure
Program in ROM
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)(1)
Write “0” to the FMR11 bit before writing “1”
(EW1 mode)
Execute Software Commands
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
NOTES :
1. When setting the FMR01 bit to “1”, write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”.
Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and “1”.
Figure 18.9
How to Set and Exit EW1 Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 203 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
On-Chip Oscillator Mode
(Main Clock Stops) Program
Transfer a on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stops)
program to any areas other the flash memory
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)
Write “1” to the FMSTP bit (Flash memory
stops. Low power consumption state)(1)
Jump to the on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stops)
program which has been transferred to any areas other
the flash memory.
(The subsequent processing is executed by a program
in any areas other than the flash memory.)
Switch the clock source for the CPU clock.
Turn XIN off
Process in on-chip oscillator mode (main
clock stops)
Turn main clock on→wait until oscillation
stabilizes→switch the clock source for CPU
clock(2)
Write “0” to the FMSTP bit
(flash memory operation)(4)
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Wait until the flash memory circuit stabilizes
(15ms)(3)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES :
1. Set the FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite mode) before setting the FMSTP bit to “1” .
2. Before the clock source for CPU clock can be changed, the clock to which to be changed must be stable.
3. Insert a 15us wait time in a program. Do not access to the flash memory during this wait time.
4. Ensure 10us until setting “0” (flash memory operates) after setting the FMSTP bit to “1” (flash memory stops).
Figure 18.10 Process to Reduce Power Consumption in On-Chip Oscillator Mode (Main Clock
Stops)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 204 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.3 Software Commands
Software commands are described below. Read or write commands and data from or to in 8-bit units.
Table 18.4 Software Commands
Command
Read Array
First Bus Cycle
Address
Second Bus Cycle
Mode Address
Data
(D7 to D0)
FFh
Data
(D7 to D0)
Mode
Write
×
Read Status Register Write
Clear Status Register Write
×
70h
Read
×
SRD
×
50h
Program
Write
Write
WA
×
40h
Write
Write
WA
BA
WD
D0h
Block Erase
20h
SRD: Status register data (D7 to D0)
WA: Write address (Ensure the address specified in the first bus cycle is the same address as the
address specified in the second bus cycle.)
WD: Write data (8 bits)
BA: Given block address
×: Any specified address in the user ROM area
18.4.3.1 Read Array Command
The read array command reads the flash memory.
The microcomputer enters read array mode by writing “FFh” in the first bus cycle. If entering the read
address after the following bus cycles, the content of the specified address can be read in 8-bit units.
Since the microcomputer remains in read array mode until another command is written, the contents
of multiple addresses can be read continuously.
18.4.3.2 Read Status Register Command
The read status register command reads the status register.
If writing “70h” in the first bus cycle, the status register can be read in the second bus cycle. (Refer to
18.4.4 Status Register) When reading the status register, specify an address in the user ROM area.
Do not execute this command in EW1 mode.
18.4.3.3 Clear Status Register Command
The clear status register command sets the status register to “0”.
If writing “50h” in the first bus cycle, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register and SR4 to SR5
in the status register will be set to “0”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 205 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.3.4 Program Command
The program command writes data to the flash memory in 1-byte units.
Write “40h” in the first bus cycle and write data to the write address in the second bus cycle, and an
auto program operation (data program and verify) will start. Make sure the address value specified in
the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle.
The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto programming has completed. The
FMR00 bit is set to “0” during auto programming and set to “1” when auto programming completes.
The FMR06 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto programming after it has been
finished.(Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check)
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to “0” (disable rewriting), or the FMR02 bit is set to
“1” (rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “1” (disable rewriting), the
program command on Block 0 is not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to “1” (disable
rewriting), the program command on Block 1 is not acknowledged.
In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is
allocated.
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters read status register mode at the same time auto
programming starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to “0” at
the same time auto programming starts and set back to “1” when auto programming completes. In
this case, the microcomputer remains in read status register mode until a read array command is
written next. Reading the status register can determine the result of auto programming after auto
programming has completed.
Start
Write the command code ‘40h’ to
the write address
Write data to the write address
No
FMR00=1?
Yes
Full status check
Program completed
Figure 18.11 Program Command
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 206 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.3.5 Block Erase
If writing ”20h” in the first bus cycle and “D0h” to the given address of a block in the second bus cycle,
and an auto erase operation (erase and verify) will start.
The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto erasing has completed.
The FMR00 bit is set to “0” during auto erasing and set to “1” when auto erasing completes.
The FMR07 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto erasing after auto erasing has
completed. (Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check)
When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to “0” (disable rewriting) or the FMR02 bit is set to “1”
(rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “1” (disable rewriting), the block
erase command on Block 0 is not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to “1” (disable rewriting),
the block erase command on Block 1 is not acknowledged.
Figure 18.12 shows the Block Erase Command (When Not Using Erase-Suspend Function). Figure
18.13 shows the Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend Function).
In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is
allocated.
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters read status register mode at the same time auto erasing
starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to “0” at the same time
auto erasing starts and set back to “1” when auto erasing completes. In this case, the microcomputer
remains in read status register mode until the read array command is written next.
Start
Write the command code ‘20h’
Write ‘D0h’ to the given block
address
No
FMR00=1?
Yes
Full status check
Block erase completed
Figure 18.12 Block Erase Command (When Not Using Erase-Suspend Function)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 207 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
<EW0 Mode>
Start
Maskable interrupt (1, 2)
FMR41=1
FMR40=1
No
Write the command code “20h”
FMR46=1 ?
Yes
Write “D0h” to the any block
address
Access to flash memory
FMR41=0
No
FMR00=1?
Yes
REIT
Full status check
Block erase completed
<EW1 Mode>
Start
Maskable interrupt (2)
Access to flash memory
REIT
FMR40=1
Write the command code “20h”
Write “D0h” to the any block
address
FMR41=0
No
FMR00=1 ?
Yes
Full status check
Block erase completed
NOTES :
1. In EW0 mode, interrupt vector table and interrupt routine for an interrupt to be used should
be allocated in RAM area.
2. td(SR-ES) is needed until the interrupt request is acknowledged after it is generated. The interrupt
to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt enabled status.
Figure 18.13 Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend Function)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 208 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.4 Status Register
The status register indicates the operating status of the flash memory and whether an erasing or
programming operation completes normally or in error. Status of the status register can be read by
the FMR00, FMR06, and FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register.
Table 18.5 lists the Status Register.
In EW0 mode, the status register can be read in the following cases:
• When a given address in the user ROM area is read after writing the read status register
command
• When a given address in the user ROM area is read after executing the program or block erase
command but before executing the read array command.
18.4.4.1 Sequencer Status (SR7 and FMR00 Bits)
The sequencer status indicates operating status of the flash memory. SR7 = 0 (busy) during auto
programming and auto erasing, and is set to “1” (ready) at the same time the operation completes.
18.4.4.2 Erase Status (SR5 and FMR07 Bits)
Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check.
18.4.4.3 Program Status (SR4 and FMR06 Bits)
Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check.
Table 18.5
Status
Status Register
FMR0
Register
Contents
Value
after
Reset
Status Name
Register
Bit
“0”
“1”
Bit
SR0 (D0)
−
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
0
SR1 (D1)
SR2 (D2)
SR3 (D3)
SR4 (D4)
−
−
−
−
−
−
FMR06
Program status Completed
normally
Error
SR5 (D5)
FMR07
Erase status
Completed
normally
−
Error
0
SR6 (D6)
SR7 (D7)
−
Reserved
Sequencer
status
−
−
FMR00
Busy
Ready
0
• D0 to D7: Indicates the data bus which is read when the read status register command is executed.
• The FMR07 (SR5) to FMR06 bits (SR4) are set to “0” by executing the clear status register command.
• When the FMR07 bit (SR5) or FMR06 bit (SR4) is set to “1”, the program and block erase command
cannot be accepted.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 209 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.5 Full Status Check
When an error occurs, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register are set to “1”, indicating
occurrence of each specific error. Therefore, Checking these status bits (full status check) can
determine the executed result.
Table 18.6 lists the Errors and FMR0 Register Status. Figure 18.14 shows the Full Status Check and
Handling Procedure for Each Error.
Table 18.6
Errors and FMR0 Register Status
FRM00 Register (Status
Register) Status
Error
Error occurrence condition
FMR07(SR5) FMR06(SR4)
1
1
Command
Sequence
Error
• When any command is not written correctly
• When invalid data other than those that can be written
in the second bus cycle of the block erase command is
(1)
written (i.e., other than “D0h” or “FFh”)
• When executing the program command or block erase
command while rewriting is disabled using the FMR02
bit in the FMR0 register, the FMR15 or FMR16 bit in the
FMR1 register.
• When inputting and erasing the address in which the
Flash memory is not allocated during the erase
command input
• When executing to erase the block which disables
rewriting during the erase command input.
• When inputting and writing the address in which the
Flash memory is not allocated during the write
command input.
• When executing to write the block which disables
rewriting during the write command input.
1
0
0
1
Erase Error
• When the block erase command is executed but not
automatically erased correctly
Program Error • When the program command is executed but not
automatically programmed correctly.
NOTES:
1. The microcomputer enters read array mode by writing “FFh” in the second bus cycle of these
commands, at the same time the command code written in the first bus cycle will disabled.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 210 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Command sequence error
Full status check
Execute the clear status register command
(set these status flags to 0)
FMR06 = 1
Yes
and
Command sequence error
FMR07 = 1?
Check if command is properly input
Re-execute the command
No
Yes
Erase error
FMR07 = 0?
Erase error
No
Execute the clear status register command
(set these status flags to 0)
Erase command
re-execution times ≤ 3 times?
No
Block targeting for erasure
cannot be used
Yes
Yes
FMR06 = 0?
Program error
Re-execute block erase command
No
Program error
Execute the clear status register
command
(set these status flags to 0)
Full status check completed
Specify the other address besides the
write address where the error occurs for
the program address(1)
NOTE:
1. To rewrite to the address where the program error occurs, check if the full
status check is complete normally and write to the address after the block
erase command is executed.
Re-execute program command
Figure 18.14 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 211 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
In standard serial I/O mode, the user ROM area can be rewritten while the microcomputer is mounted
on-board by using a serial programmer which is applicable for this microcomputer.
Standard serial I/O mode is used to connect with a serial writer using a special clock asynchronous serial
I/O.
There are three types of Standard serial I/O modes:
• Standard serial I/O mode 1.......... Clock synchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
• Standard serial I/O mode 2.......... Clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
• Standard serial I/O mode 3.......... Special clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
This microcomputer uses Standard serial I/O mode 2 and Standard serial I/O mode 3.
Refer to Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging
Emulator. Contact the manufacturer of your serial programmer for serial programmer. Refer to the
user’s manual of your serial programmer for details on how to use it.
Table 18.7 lists the Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2), Table 18.8 lists the Pin
Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3). Figure 18.15 show Pin Connections for Standard
Serial I/O Mode 3.
After processing the pins shown in Table 18.8 and rewriting a flash memory using a writer, apply “H” to
the MODE pin and reset a hardware if a program is operated on the flash memory in single-chip mode.
18.5.1 ID Code Check Function
The ID code check function determines whether the ID codes sent from the serial programmer and
those written in the flash memory match (refer to 18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from
Rewriting).
Table 18.7
Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2)
Pin
Name
Power input
I/O
Description
Apply the voltage guaranteed for program and erase to
VCC pin and 0V to VSS pin.
VCC,VSS
Reset input
I
Reset input pin.
RESET
P4_6/XIN
P4_6 input/clock input
I
Connect ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator
between XIN and XOUT pins.
P4_7/XOUT
P4_7 input/clock output
I/O
AVCC, AVSS Analog power supply input I
Connect AVSS to VSS and AVCC to VCC, respectively.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter.
P1_0 to P1_7 Input port P1
I
I
I
VREF
Reference voltage input
P3_3 to P3_5 Input port P3
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
MODE
P3_7
P4_5
MODE
I/O Input “L”.
TXD output
RXD input
O
I
Serial data output pin.
Serial data input pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 212 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Table 18.8
Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3)
Name I/O Description
Power input
Pin
VCC,VSS
Apply the voltage guaranteed for program and erase to
VCC pin and 0V to VSS pin.
Reset input
I
Reset input pin.
RESET
P4_6/XIN
P4_6 input/clock input
I
Connect ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator
between XIN and XOUT pins when connecting external
oscillator. Apply “H” and “L” or leave the pin open when
using as input port
P4_7/XOUT
P4_7 input/clock output
I/O
AVCC, AVSS Analog power supply input I
Connect AVSS to VSS and AVCC to VCC, respectively.
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter.
VREF
Reference voltage input
I
I
I
P1_0 to P1_7 Input port P1
P3_3 to P3_5, Input port P3
P3_7
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
P4_5
Input port P4
MODE
I
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
MODE
I/O Serial data I/O pin. Connect to the flash programmer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 213 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RESET
Connect
Oscillator
Circuit(1)
VSS
VCC
MODE
Package: PLSP0020JB-A
NOTES:
1. No need to connect an oscillating circuit when
operating with on-chip oscillator clock.
Mode Setting
Signal
Value
Voltage from programmer
MODE
VSS → VCC
RESET
Figure 18.15 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 214 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.5.1.1 Example of Circuit Application in the Standard Serial I/O Mode
Figure 18.16 show Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2, Figure 18.17 show Pin Process in
Standard Serial I/O Mode 3. Since the controlled pins vary depending on the programmer, refer to the
manual of your serial programmer.
Microcomputer
Data Output
Data Input
TXD
RXD
MODE
NOTES:
1. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and
standard serial I/O mode by controlling the MODE input with a switch.
2. Connecting the oscillation is necessary. Set the main clock frequency 1
MHz to 20 MHz. Refer to Appendix 2.1 Connecting examples with M16C
Flash Starter (M3A-0806).
Figure 18.16 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2
Microcomputer
MODE
MODE I/O
Reset Input
RESET
User Reset Signal
NOTES:
1. Controlled pins and external circuits vary depending on the programmer.
Refer to the programmer manual for details.
2. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and
standard serial I/O mode by connecting a programmer.
3. When operating with on-chip oscillator clock, connecting the oscillating
circuit is not necessary.
Figure 18.17 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 215 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.6 Parallel I/O Mode
Parallel I/O mode is used to input and output the required software command, address and data parallel
to controls (read, program and erase) for internal flash memory. Use a parallel programmer which
supports this microcomputer. Contact the manufacturer of your parallel programmer about the parallel
programmer and refer to the user’s manual of your parallel programmer for details on how to use it.
User ROM area can be rewritten shown in Figures 18.1 and 18.2 in parallel I/O mode.
18.6.1 ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and rewrite the flash memory. (Refer to the 18.3
Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting.)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 216 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Symbol
VCC
Parameter
Supply Voltage
Condition
VCC = AVCC
Rated value
Unit
V
-0.3 to 6.5
-0.3 to 6.5
AVCC
Analog Supply Voltage
VCC = AVCC
V
VI
Input Voltage
-0.3 to VCC+0.3
-0.3 to VCC+0.3
300
V
V
VO
Pd
Output Voltage
Power Dissipation
Topr = 25°C
mW
°C
°C
Topr
Tstg
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
-20 to 85 / -40 to 85 (D version)
-65 to 150
Table 19.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Unit
Min.
Typ.
Max.
5.5
−
VCC
Supply Voltage
2.7
−
V
V
(3)
AVCC
VSS
Analog Supply Voltage
Supply Voltage
−
VCC
0
−
−
V
AVSS
VIH
Analog Supply Voltage
Input “H” Voltage
−
0
−
V
0.8VCC
−
VCC
0.2VCC
-60
V
VIL
Input “L” Voltage
0
−
V
IOH(sum)
Peak Sum
Output “H”
Current
Sum of All
Pins IOH (peak)
−
−
mA
IOH(peak)
IOH(avg)
IOL(sum)
Peak Output “H” Current
−
−
−
−
−
−
-10
-5
mA
mA
mA
Average Output “H” Current
Peak Sum
Output “L”
Currents
Sum of All
Pins IOL (peak)
60
IOL(peak)
IOL(avg)
Peak Output “L” Except P1_0 to P1_3
−
−
−
−
−
−
0
0
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
10
30
10
5
mA
mA
Currents
P1_0 to P1_3
Drive Capacity HIGH
Drive Capacity LOW
mA
Average Output
“L” Current
Except P1_0 to P1_3
P1_0 to P1_3
mA
Drive Capacity HIGH
Drive Capacity LOW
3.0V ≤ VCC ≤ 5.5V
2.7V ≤ VCC < 3.0V
15
5
mA
mA
f(XIN)
Main Clock Input Oscillation Frequency
20
10
MHz
MHz
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. The typical values when average output current is 100ms.
3. Hold VCC = AVCC.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 217 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.3
A/D Converter Characteristics
Standard
Unit
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min.
−
Typ.
−
Max.
10
±3
±2
±5
±2
40
−
−
−
Resolution
Vref = VCC
Bits
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
kΩ
Absolute
Accuracy
10-Bit Mode
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 3.3V(3)
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 3.3V(3)
Vref = VCC
−
−
8-Bit Mode
10-Bit Mode
8-Bit Mode
−
−
−
−
−
−
Rladder
tconv
Resistor Ladder
10
3.3
2.8
−
−
Conversion Time 10-Bit Mode
8-Bit Mode
−
µs
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
−
−
µs
(4)
Vref
VIA
−
Reference voltage
−
V
VCC
−
Analog Input Voltage
0
Vref
10
10
V
A/D Operating
Clock
Frequency(2)
Without Sample & Hold
With Sample & Hold
0.25
1
−
MHz
MHz
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. If f1 exceeds 10MHz, divide the f1 and hold A/D operating clock frequency (φAD) 10MHz or below.
3. If the AVcc is less than 4.2V, divide the f1 and hold A/D operating clock frequency (φAD) f1/2 or below.
4. Hold VCC = Vref
P1
30pF
P3
P4
Figure 19.1
Port P1, P3 and P4 Measurement Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 218 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.4
Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics
Standard
Unit
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
R8C/14 Group
Min.
100(3)
Typ.
−
Max.
Program/Erase Endurance(2)
−
−
−
times
times
µs
1,000(3)
R8C/15 Group
−
−
Byte Program Time
Block Erase Time
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
−
−
50
0.4
−
400
9
−
s
td(SR-ES)
Time Delay from Suspend Request until
Erase Suspend
8
ms
−
−
−
−
−
Erase Suspend Request Interval
Program, Erase Voltage
Read Voltage
10
2.7
2.7
0
−
−
−
−
−
−
ms
V
5.5
5.5
60
−
V
Program, Erase Temperature
Data Hold Time(7)
°C
year
Ambient temperature = 55 °C
20
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVcc = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = 0 to 60 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. Definition of program and erase
The program and erase endurance shows an erase endurance for every block.
If the program and erase endurance is “n” times (n = 100, 10000), “n” times erase can be performed for every block.
For example, if performing 1-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1Kbyte block 1,024 times and then erasing that
block, program and erase endurance is counted as one time.
However, do not perform multiple programs to the same address for one time ease.(disable overwriting).
3. Endurace to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase.(1 to “Min.” value can be guaranateed).
4. In the case of a system to execute multiple programs, perform one erase after programming as reducing effective reprogram
endurance not to leave blank area as possible such as programming write addresses in turn . If programming a set of 16
bytes, programming up to 128 sets and then erasing them one time can reduce effective reprogram endurance. Additionally,
averaging erase endurance for Block A and B can reduce effective reprogram endurance more. To leave erase endurance for
every block as information and determine the restricted endurance are recommended.
5. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at
least three times until the erase error does not occur.
6. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative.
7. The data hold time incudes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 219 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.5
Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical Characteristics
Standard
Unit
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Min.
10,000(3)
−
Typ.
−
Max.
−
Program/Erase Endurance(2)
−
−
times
Byte Program Time
(Program/Erase Endurance ≤ 1,000 Times)
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
50
400
µs
−
Byte Program Time
(Program/Erase Endurance > 1,000 Times)
−
−
−
−
65
0.2
0.3
−
−
9
−
8
µs
s
−
Block Erase Time
(Program/Erase Endurance ≤ 1,000 Times)
−
Block Erase Time
(Program/Erase Endurance > 1,000 Times)
s
td(SR-ES)
Time Delay from Suspend Request until
Erase Suspend
ms
−
−
−
−
−
Erase Suspend Request Interval
Program, Erase Voltage
Read Voltage
10
2.7
−
−
−
−
−
−
ms
V
5.5
5.5
85
−
2.7
V
-20(8)
20
Program, Erase Temperature
°C
year
Data Hold Time(9)
Ambient temperature = 55 °C
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVcc = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = −20 to 85 °C / −40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. Definition of program and erase
The program and erase endurance shows an erase endurance for every block.
If the program and erase endurance is “n” times (n = 100, 10000), “n” times erase can be performed for every block.
For example, if performing 1-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1Kbyte block 1,024 times and then erasing that
block, program and erase endurance is counted as one time.
However, do not perform multiple programs to the same address for one time ease.(disable overwriting).
3. Endurace to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase.(1 to “Min.” value can be guaranateed).
4. Standard of Block A and Block B when program and erase endurance exceeds 1,000 times. Byte program time to 1,000
times aer the same as that in program area.
5. In the case of a system to execute multiple programs, perform one erase after programming as reducing effective reprogram
endurance not to leave blank area as possible such as programming write addresses in turn . If programming a set of 16
bytes, programming up to 128 sets and then erasing them one time can reduce effective reprogram endurance. Additionally,
averaging erase endurance for Block A and B can reduce effective reprogram endurance more. To leave erase endurance for
every block as information and determine the restricted endurance are recommended.
6. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at
least three times until the erase error does not occur.
7. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative.
8. -40 °C for D version.
9. The data hold time incudes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 220 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Erase-Suspend Request
(Maskable interrupt Request)
FMR46
td(SR-ES)
Figure 19.2
Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend
Voltage Detection 1 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.6
Standard
Unit
Symbol
Parameter
Voltage Detection Level(3)
Condition
Min.
2.70
−
Typ.
2.85
600
−
Max.
3.00
−
Vdet1
−
V
Voltage Detection Circuit Self Power Consumption
Waiting Time until Voltage Detection Circuit Operation
Starts(2)
VCA26 = 1, VCC = 5.0V
nA
µs
td(E-A)
−
100
Vccmin
Microcomputer Operating Voltage Minimum Value
2.7
−
−
V
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7V to 5.5V and Topr = -40°C to 85 °C.
2. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to “1” again after setting the VCA26 bit in the VCA2
register to “0”.
3. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1.
Table 19.7
Voltage Detection 2 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Standard
Typ.
3.30
40
Symbol
Parameter
Voltage Detection Level(4)
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Request Generation Time(2)
Voltage Detection Circuit Self Power Consumption
Waiting Time until Voltage Detection Circuit Operation
Starts(3)
Condition
Unit
Min.
3.00
−
Max.
3.60
−
Vdet2
V
−
µs
nA
µs
−
VCA27 = 1, VCC = 5.0V
−
600
−
td(E-A)
−
−
100
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7V to 5.5V and Topr = -40°C to 85 °C.
2. Time until the voltage monitor 2 interrupt request is generated since the voltage passes Vdet1.
3. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to “1” again after setting the VCA27 bit in the VCA2
register to “0”.
4. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 221 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.8
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset )
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Standard
Unit
Min.
−
Typ.
−
Max.
Vdet1
100
Vpor2
Power-On Reset Valid Voltage
-20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C
V
tw(Vpor2-Vdet1) Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is -20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C,
Deasserted(1) tw(por2) ≥ 0s(3)
−
−
ms
NOTES:
1. This condition is not applicable when using with Vcc ≥ 1.0V.
2. When turning power on after the time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor1) exceeds10s, refer to Table
19.9 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset).
3. tw(por2) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor2).
Table 19.9
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset)
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Standard
Unit
Min.
−
Typ.
−
Max.
0.1
Vpor1
Power-On Reset Valid Voltage
-20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C
0°C ≤ Topr ≤ 85°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 10s(2)
V
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
−
−
100
ms
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
-20°C ≤ Topr < 0°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 30s(2)
−
−
−
−
−
−
100
1
ms
ms
ms
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
-20°C ≤ Topr < 0°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 10s(2)
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
0°C ≤ Topr ≤ 85°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 1s(2)
0.5
NOTES:
1. When not using the voltage monitor 1 reset, use with Vcc≥ 2.7V.
2. tw(por1) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor1).
(3)
(3)
Vdet1
Vdet1
Vccmin
Vpor2
Vpor1
Sampling Time(1, 2)
tw(Vpor1–Vdet1)
tw(por1)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2–Vdet1)
Internal Reset
Signal
(“L” Valid)
1
1
× 32
× 32
fRING-S
fRING-S
NOTES:
1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time.
2. A sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
Figure 19.3
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 222 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.10 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Unit
Min.
Typ.
8
Max.
−
−
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
When the Reset is Deasserted
VCC = 5.0V, Topr = 25 °C
−
−
MHz
0 to +60 °C / 5 V ± 5 %(2)
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
Temperature • Supplay Voltage Dependence
7.44
7.04
6.80
−
−
−
MHz
MHz
MHz
8.56
8.96
9.20
−20 to +85 °C / 2.7 to 5.5 V(2)
−40 to +85 °C / 2.7 to 5.5 V(2)
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 5.0V and Topr = 25 °C.
2. The standard value shows when the HRA1 register is assumed as the value in shipping and the HRA2 register value is set to
00h.
Table 19.11 Power Supply Circuit Timing Characteristics
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Unit
Min.
1
Typ.
Max.
2000
td(P-R)
Time for Internal Power Supply Stabilization during
Power-On(2)
−
µs
STOP Exit Time(3)
td(R-S)
−
−
150
µs
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V and Topr = 25 °C.
2. Waiting time until the internal power supply generation circuit stabilizes during power-on.
3. Time until CPU clock supply starts since the interrupt is acknowledged to exit stop mode.
(1)
Table 19.12 Timing Requirements of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Conditions
Unit
Min.
Typ.
−
Max.
−
(2)
tCYC
tSUCYC
SSCK Clock Cycle Time
SSCK Clock “H” Width
SSCK Clock “L” Width
SSCK Clock Rising Time
4
tHI
0.4
−
0.6
0.6
1
tSUCYC
tSUCYC
tLO
0.4
−
(2)
tRISE
Master
Slave
−
−
tCYC
−
−
1
µs
(2)
tFALL
SSCK Clock Falling Time
Master
Slave
−
−
1
tCYC
−
100
−
1
µs
tSU
SSO, SSI Data Input Setup Time
SSO, SSI Data Input Hold Time
−
−
ns
(2)
tH
1
−
−
tCYC
tLEAD
Slave
Slave
1tCYC+50
−
−
ns
ns
SCS Setup Time
SCS Hold Time
tLAG
1tCYC+50
−
−
(2)
tOD
tSA
tOR
SSO, SSI Data Output Delay Time
SSI Slave Access Time
−
−
−
−
−
−
1
tCYC
1.5tCYC+100
1.5tCYC+100
ns
ns
SSI Slave Out Open Time
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V, VSS = 0V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. 1tCYC = 1/f1(s)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 223 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
4-wire bus communication mode, Master, CPHS = “1”
VIH or VOH
VIH or VOH
SCS(Output)
tHI
tFALL
tRISE
SSCK(Output)
(CPOS = “1”)
tLO
tHI
SSCK(Output)
(CPOS = “0”)
tLO
tSUCYC
SSO(Output)
SSI(Input)
tOD
tSU
tH
4-wire bus communication mode, Master, CPHS = “0”
VIH or VOH
SCS(Output)
VIH or VOH
tHI
tFALL
tRISE
SSCK(Output)
(CPOS = “1”)
tLO
tHI
SSCK(Output)
(CPOS = “0”)
tLO
tSUCYC
SSO(Output)
SSI(Input)
tOD
tSU
tH
CPHS, CPOS : Bits in SSMR register
Figure 19.4
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select (Master)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 224 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
4-wire bus communication mode, Slave, CPHS = “1”
VIH or VOH
SCS(Input)
VIH or VOH
tLEAD
tHI
tFALL
tRISE
tLAG
SSCK(Input)
(CPOS = “1”)
tLO
tHI
SSCK(Input)
(CPOS = “0”)
tLO
tSUCYC
SSO(Input)
tSU
tH
SSI(Output)
tSA
tOD
tOR
4-wire bus communication mode, Slave, CPHS = “0”
VIH or VOH
SCS(Input)
VIH or VOH
tHI
tFALL
tRISE
tLEAD
tLAG
SSCK(Input)
(CPOS = “1”)
tLO
tHI
SSCK(Input)
(CPOS = “0”)
tLO
tSUCYC
SSO(Input)
tSU
tH
SSI(Output)
tSA
tOD
tOR
CPHS, CPOS : Bits in SSMR register
Figure 19.5
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select (Slave)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 225 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
tHI
VIH or VOH
SSCK
VIH or VOH
tLO
tSUCYC
SSO(Output)
SSI(Input)
tOD
tSU
tH
Figure 19.6
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select (Clock
Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 226 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.13 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5V]
Standard
Unit
Symbol
VOH
Parameter
Condition
Min.
Typ.
Max.
VCC
VCC
VCC
Output “H” Voltage Except XOUT
IOH = -5mA
VCC − 2.0
VCC − 0.3
VCC − 2.0
−
−
−
V
V
V
IOH = -200µA
XOUT
Drive capacity
HIGH
IOH = -1mA
Drive capacity
LOW
IOH = -500µA
VCC − 2.0
−
VCC
V
VOL
Output “L” Voltage Except P1_0 to P1_3, IOL = 5mA
−
−
−
−
−
−
2.0
0.45
2.0
V
V
V
XOUT
IOL = 200µA
P1_0 to P1_3
Drive capacity
HIGH
IOL = 15mA
IOL = 5mA
Drive capacity
LOW
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
2.0
0.45
2.0
V
V
V
V
V
Drive capacity
LOW
IOL = 200µA
IOL = 1mA
XOUT
Drive capacity
HIGH
−
Drive capacity
LOW
IOL = 500µA
−
2.0
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
0.2
1.0
INT0, INT1, INT3,
KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3,
CNTR0, CNTR1,
TCIN, RXD0, SSO
0.2
−
2.2
V
RESET
IIH
IIL
Input “H” current
Input “L” current
VI = 5V
VI = 0V
VI = 0V
−
−
−
−
5.0
-5.0
167
−
µA
µA
RPULLUP Pull-Up Resistance
30
−
50
1.0
kΩ
MΩ
RfXIN
Feedback
XIN
Resistance
fRING-S
VRAM
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
RAM Hold Voltage
40
125
250
kHz
V
During stop mode
2.0
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 4.2 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, f(XIN)=20MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 227 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.14 Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5V] (Topr = -40 to 85
°C, unless otherwise specified.)
Standard
Unit
Symbol
ICC
Parameter
Condition
Min.
Typ.
9
Max.
15
Power Supply
Current
High-Speed
Mode
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
−
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
µA
(VCC=3.3 to 5.5V)
In single-chip mode,
the output pins are
open and other pins
are VSS
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
8
5
14
−
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Medium-
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
4
−
Speed Mode High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
3
−
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
2
−
High-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Main clock off
4
8
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Main clock off
1.5
470
40
−
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Main clock off
900
80
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Wait Mode
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Main clock off
µA
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock operation
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off
−
−
38
76
µA
µA
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off, Topr = 25 °C
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator off
CM10 = 1
0.8
3.0
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 228 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Timing Requirements (Unless otherwise specified: VCC = 5V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 °C) [ VCC = 5V ]
Table 19.15 XIN Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
50
Max.
tc(XIN)
XIN Input Cycle Time
XIN Input “H” Width
XIN Input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(XIN)
tWL(XIN)
25
25
Table 19.16 CNTR0 Input, CNTR1 Input, INT1 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
100
40
Max.
tc(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input Cycle Time
CNTR0 Input “H” Width
CNTR0 input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(CNTR0)
tWL(CNTR0)
40
Table 19.17 TCIN Input, INT3 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
Max.
400(1)
200(2)
200(2)
tc(TCIN)
TCIN Input Cycle Time
TCIN Input “H” Width
TCIN input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(TCIN)
tWL(TCIN)
NOTES:
1. When using Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time ( 1/Timer C count source frequency x 3) or above.
2. When using Timer C input capture mode, adjust the width ( 1/Timer C count source frequency x 1.5) or above.
Table 19.18 Serial Interface
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
200
100
100
−
Max.
tc(CK)
CLKi Input Cycle Time
CLKi Input “H” Width
CLKi Input “L” Width
TXDi Output Delay Time
TXDi Hold Time
−
−
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
tW(CKH)
tW(CKL)
td(C-Q)
th(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
th(C-D)
−
50
−
0
RXDi Input Setup Time
RCDi Input Hold Time
50
−
90
−
Table 19.19 External Interrupt INT0 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
Max.
250(1)
250(2)
tW(INH)
−
ns
ns
INT0 Input “H” Width
INT0 Input “L” Width
tW(INL)
−
NOTES:
1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH width to the greater value, either
(1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
2. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW width to the greater value, either
(1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 229 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 5V
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input
tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN)
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input
tWL(TCIN)
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
XIN Input
tWL(XIN)
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
CLKi
tW(CKL)
th(C-Q)
TxDi
RxDi
th(C-D)
td(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
tW(INL)
INTi Input
tW(INH)
Figure 19.7
Timing Diagram When VCC = 5V
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 230 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.20 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3V]
Standard
Unit
Symbol
VOH
Parameter
Condition
Min.
Typ.
−
Max.
VCC
VCC
Output “H” Voltage Except XOUT
XOUT
IOH = -1mA
VCC − 0.5
VCC − 0.5
V
V
Drive capacity
HIGH
IOH = -0.1mA
−
Drive capacity
LOW
IOH = -50µA
VCC − 0.5
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
VCC
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
VOL
Output “L” Voltage Except P1_0 to P1_3, IOL = 1mA
XOUT
−
−
P1_0 to P1_3
Drive capacity
HIGH
IOL = 2mA
IOL = 1mA
IOL = 0.1mA
IOL = 50µA
Drive capacity
LOW
−
XOUT
Drive capacity
HIGH
−
Drive capacity
LOW
−
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
0.2
INT0, INT1, INT3,
KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3,
CNTR0, CNTR1,
TCIN, RXD0, SSO
0.2
−
1.8
V
RESET
IIH
IIL
Input “H” Current
Input “L” Current
VI = 3V
VI = 0V
VI = 0V
−
−
−
−
4.0
-4.0
500
−
µA
µA
RPULLUP Pull-Up Resistance
66
−
160
3.0
kΩ
MΩ
RfXIN
Feedback
XIN
Resistance
fRING-S
VRAM
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
RAM Hold Voltage
40
125
250
kHz
V
During stop mode
2.0
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 3.3V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, f(XIN)=10MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 231 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.21 Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3V] (Topr = -40 to 85
°C, unless otherwise specified.)
Standard
Unit
Symbol
ICC
Parameter
Condition
Min.
Typ.
8
Max.
13
Power Supply
Current
High-Speed
Mode
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
−
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
µA
(VCC=2.7 to 3.3V)
In single-chip mode,
the output pins are
open and other pins
are VSS
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
7
5
12
−
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Medium-
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
3
−
Speed Mode High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
2.5
1.6
3.5
1.5
420
37
−
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
−
High-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Main clock off
7.5
−
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Main clock off
800
74
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Wait Mode
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Main clock off
µA
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock operation
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off
−
−
35
70
µA
µA
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off, Topr = 25 °C
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator off
CM10 = 1
0.7
3.0
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 232 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Timing requirements (Unless otherwise specified: VCC = 3V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 °C) [VCC = 3V]
Table 19.22 XIN Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
100
40
Max.
tc(XIN)
XIN Input Cycle Time
XIN Input “H” Width
XIN Input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(XIN)
tWL(XIN)
40
Table 19.23 CNTR0 Input, CNTR1 Input, INT1 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
300
120
120
Max.
tc(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input Cycle Time
CNTR0 Input “H” Width
CNTR0 Input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(CNTR0)
tWL(CNTR0)
Table 19.24 TCIN Input, INT3 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
1,200(1)
600(2)
600(2)
Max.
tc(TCIN)
TCIN Input Cycle Time
TCIN Input “H” Width
TCIN Input “L” Width
−
−
−
ns
ns
ns
tWH(TCIN)
tWL(TCIN)
NOTES:
1. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time (1/Timer C count source frequency x 3) or above.
2. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the width (1/Timer C count source frequency x 1.5) or above.
Table 19.25 Serial Interface
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
300
150
150
−
Max.
tc(CK)
CLKi Input Cycle Time
CLKi Input “H” Width
CLKi Input “L” Width
TXDi Output Delay Time
TXDi Hold Time
−
−
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
tW(CKH)
tW(CKL)
td(C-Q)
th(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
th(C-D)
−
80
−
0
RXDi Input Setup Time
RCDi Input Hold Time
70
−
90
−
Table 19.26 External Interrupt INT0 Input
Standard
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
Min.
Max.
380(1)
380(2)
tW(INH)
−
ns
ns
INT0 Input “H” Width
INT0 Input “L” Width
tW(INL)
−
NOTES:
1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH width to the greater value, either
(1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
2. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW width to the greater value, either
(1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 233 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 3V
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input
tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN)
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input
tWL(TCIN)
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
XIN Input
tWL(XIN)
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
CLK
i
tW(CKL)
th(C-Q)
TxD
i
td(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
th(C-D)
RxD
i
tW(INL)
INTi Input
tW(INH)
Figure 19.8
Timing Diagram When VCC = 3V
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 234 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20. Precautions
20.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode
20.1.1 Stop Mode
When entering stop mode, set the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and the CM10 bit to
“1” (stop mode). An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the instruction which sets the CM10 bit
in the CM1 register to “1” (stop mode) and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after
inserting the JMP.B instruction immediately after the instruction which sets the CM10 bit to “1”.
Use the next program to enter stop mode.
• Program to enter stop mode
BCLR
BSET
BSET
1,FMR0
0,PRCR
0,CM1
; CPU rewrite mode disabled
; Protect disabled
; Stop mode
JMP.B
LABEL_001
LABEL_001 :
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
20.1.2 Wait Mode
When entering wait mode, set the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and execute the
WAIT instruction. An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the WAIT instruction and the program
stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after the WAIT instruction.
Also, the value in the specific internal RAM area may be rewritten when exiting wait mode if writing to
the internal RAM area before executing the WAIT instruction and entering wait mode. The area for a
maximum of 3 bytes is rewritten from the following address of the internal RAM in which the writing is
performed before the WAIT instruction. The rewritten value is the same value as the one which was
written before the WAIT instruction. If this causes a problem, avoid by inserting the JMP.B instruction
between the writing instruction to the internal RAM area and WAIT instruction as shown in the
following program example.
• Example to execute the WAIT instruction
Program Example
MOV.B
...
JMP.B
LABEL _001 :
FSET
#055h,0601h
LABEL_001
; Write to internal RAM area
I
; Enable interrupt
BCLR
WAIT
1,FMR0
; CPU rewrite mode disabled
; Wait mode
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
When accessing any area other than the internal RAM area between the writing instruction to the
internal RAM area and execution of the WAIT instruction, this situation will not occur.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 235 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.2 Interrupts
20.2.1 Reading Address 00000h
Do not read the address 00000h by a program. When a maskable interrupt request is acknowledged,
the CPU reads interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) from 00000h in the
interrupt sequence. At this time, the acknowledged interrupt IR bit is set to “0”.
If the address 00000h is read in a program, the IR bit for the interrupt which has the highest priority
among the enabled interrupts is set to “0”. This may cause a problem that the interrupt is canceled, or
an unexpected interrupt is generated.
20.2.2 SP Setting
Set any value in the SP before an interrupt is acknowledged. The SP is set to “0000h” after reset.
Therefore, if an interrupt is acknowledged before setting any value in the SP, the program may run
out of control.
20.2.3 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt
Either an “L” level or an “H” level of at least 250ns width is necessary for the signal input to the INT0
to INT3 pins and KI0 to KI3 pins regardless of the CPU clock.s
20.2.4 Watchdog Timer Interrupt
Reset the watchdog timer after a watchdog timer interrupt is generated.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 236 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor
The IR bit in the interrupt control register may be set to “1” (interrupt requested) when the interrupt
factor changes. When using an interrupt, set the IR bit to “0” (no interrupt requested) after changing
the interrupt factor.
In addition, the changes of interrupt factors include all factors that change the interrupt factors
assigned to individual software interrupt numbers, polarities, and timing. Therefore, when a mode
change of the peripheral functions involves interrupt factors, edge polarities, and timing, Set the IR bit
to “0” (no interrupt requested) after the change. Refer to each peripheral function for the interrupts
caused by the peripheral functions.
Figure 20.1 shows an Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor.
Interrupt Factor Change
(2, 3)
Disable Interrupt
Change Interrupt Factor (including mode
of peripheral functions)
Set the IR bit to "0" (interrupt not requested) using
(3)
the MOV instruction
(2, 3)
Enable Interrupt
Change Completed
IR Bit: The interrupt control register bit of an
interrupt whose factor is changed.
NOTES :
1. Execute the above setting individually. Do not execute
2 or more settings at once (by one instruction).
2. Use the I flag for the INTi (i=0 to 3) interupt.
To prevent interrupt requests from being generated when
using peripheral function interupts other than the INTi
interrupt, disable the peripheral function before changing
the interrupt factor. In this case, use the I flag when all
maskable interrupts can be disabled. When all maskable
interrupts cannot be disabled, use the ILVL0 to ILVL2 bits of
interrupt whose factor is changed.
3. Refer to the 21.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register
for the instructions to be used and their usage notes.
Figure 20.1
Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 237 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register
(a) Each interrupt control register can only be changed while interrupt requests corresponding to
that register are not generated. If interrupt requests may be generated, disable the interrupts
before changing the interrupt control register.
(b) When changing any interrupt control register after disabling interrupts, be careful with the
instructions to be used.
When changing any bit other than IR bit
If an interrupt request corresponding to that register is generated while executing the
instruction, the IR bit may not be set to “1” (interrupt requested), and the interrupt request may
be ignored. If this causes a problem, use the following instructions to change the register.
Instructions to use: AND, OR, BCLR, BSET
When changing IR bit
If the IR bit is set to “0” (interrupt not requested), it may not be set to “0” depending on the
instruction to be used. Therefore, use the MOV instruction to set the IR bit to “0”.
(c) When disabling interrupts using the I flag, set the I flag according to the following sample
programs. Refer to (b) for the change of interrupt control registers in the sample programs.
Sample programs 1 to 3 are preventing the I flag from being set to “1” (interrupt enables) before
changing the interrupt control register for reasons of the internal bus or the instruction queue buffer.
Example 1: Use NOP instructions to prevent I flag being set to “1” before interrupt control
register is changed
INT_SWITCH1:
FCLR
I
; Disable interrupts
AND.B #00H,0056H
NOP
NOP
; Set TXIC register to “00h”
;
FSET
I
; Enable interrupts
Example 2: Use dummy read to have FSET instruction wait
INT_SWITCH2:
FCLR
AND.B #00H,0056H
MOV.W MEM,R0
I
; Disable interrupts
; Set TXIC register to “00h”
; Dummy read
FSET
I
; Enable interrupts
Example 3: Use POPC instruction to change I flag
INT_SWITCH3:
PUSHC FLG
FCLR
I
; Disable interrupts
AND.B #00H,0056H
POPC FLG
; Set TXIC register to “00h”
; Enable interrupts
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 238 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.3 Clock Generation Circuit
20.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Since the oscillation stop detection function cannot be used if the main clock frequency is below
2MHz, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
20.3.2 Oscillation Circuit Constants
Ask the maker of the oscillator to specify the best oscillation circuit constants on your system.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 239 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.4 Timers
20.4.1 Timers X and Z
• Timers X and Z stop counting after reset. Set the value to these timers and prescalers before the
count starts.
• Even if the prescalers and timers are read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in
the microcomputer. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two
registers are being read.
20.4.2 Timer X
• Do not rewrite the TXMOD0 to TXMOD1 bits, the TXMOD2 and TXS bits simultaneously.
• In pulse period measurement mode, the TXEDG bit and TXUND bit in the TXMR register can be
set to “0” by writing “0” to these bits by a program. However, these bits remain unchanged when
“1” is written. When using the READ-MODIFY-WRITE instruction for the TXMR register, the
TXEDG or TXUND bit may be set to “0” although these bits are set to while the instruction is
executed. At the time, write “1” to the TXEDG or TXUND bit which is not supposed to be set to “0”
with the MOV instruction.
• When changing to pulse period measurement mode from other mode, the contents of the TXEDG
and TXUND bits are indeterminate. Write “0” to the TXEDG and TXUND bits before the count
starts.
• The TXEDG bit may be set to “1” by the prescaler X underflow which is generated for the first
time since the count starts.
• When using the pulse period measurement mode, leave two periods or more of the prescaler X
immediately after count starts, and set the TXEDG bit to “0”.
• The TXS bit in the TXMR register has a function to instruct Timer X to start or stop counting, and
a function to indicate the count starts or stops.
“0” (count stops) can be read until the following count source is applied after “1” (count starts) is
written to the TXS bit while the count is being stopped. If the following count source is applied, “1”
can be read from the TXS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer X (TXMR, PREX,
TX, TCSS, TXIC registers) except for the TXS bit until “1” can be read from the TXS bit. The
count starts at the following count source after the TXS bit is set to “1”.
Also, when writing “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit during the count, Timer X stops counting at the
following count source.
“1” (count starts) can be read by reading the TXS bit until the count stops after writing “0” to the
TXS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer X other than the TXS bit until “0” can be
read by the TXS bit after writing “0” to the TXS bit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 240 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.4.3 Timer Z
• Do not rewrite the TZMOD0 to TZMOD1 bits and the TZS bit simultaneously.
• In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode,
when setting the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “0” (stops counting) or setting the TZOS bit in
the TZOC register to “0” (stops one-shot), the timer reloads the value of reload register and stops.
Therefore, read the timer count value in programmable one-shot generation mode and
programmable wait one-shot generation mode before the timer stops.
• The TZS bit in the TZMR register has a function to instruct Timer Z to start or stop counting, and
a function to indicate the count starts or stops.
“0” (count stops) can be read until the following count source is applied after “1” (count starts) is
written to the TZS bit while the count is being stopped. If the following count source is applied, “1”
can be read from the TZS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer Z (TZMR, PREZ,
TZSC, TZPR, TZOC, PUM, TCSC, TZIC registers) except for the TZS bit until “1” can be read
from the TZS bit. The count starts at the following count source after the TZS bit is set to “1”.
Also, when writing “0” (count stops) to the TZS bit during the count, Timer Z stops counting at the
following count source.
“1” (count starts) can be read by reading the TZS bit until the count stops after writing “0” to the
TZS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer Z other than the TZS bit until “0” can be
read by the TZS bit after writing “0” to the TZS bit.
20.4.4 Timer C
Access the TC, TM0 and TM1 registers in 16-bit units.
The TC register can be read in 16-bit units. This prevents the timer value from being updated
between the low-order byte and high-order byte are being read.
Example (when Timer C is read):
MOV.W
0090H,R0
; Read out timer C
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 241 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.5 Serial Interface
• When reading data from the U0RB (i = 0, 1) register even in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode
or in the clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Ensure to read data in 16-bit unit. When the high-order
byte of the U0RB register is read, the PER and FER bits in the U0RB register and the RI bit in the
U0C1 register are set to “0”.
Example (when reading receive buffer register):
MOV.W
00A6H,R0
; Read the U0RB register
• When writing data to the U0TB register in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode with 9-bit transfer
data length, write data high-order byte first, then low-order byte in 8-bit units.
Example (when reading transmit buffer register):
MOV.B
MOV.B
#XXH,00A3H ; Write the high-order byte of U0TB register
#XXH,00A2H ; Write the low-order byte of U0TB register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 242 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.6 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip Select
20.6.1 Access Registers Associated with SSU
After the conditions of “3 instructions or more after writing to the registers associated with SSU
(00B8h to 00BFh)“ or “4 cycles or more after writing to them” are met, read those registers.
• An example to wait for 3 instructions or more
Program Example
MOV.B
#00h,00BBh
; Set the SSER register to “00h”.
NOP
NOP
NOP
MOV.B
00BBh,R0L
• An example to wait for 4 cycles or more
Program Example
BCLR
4,00BBh
NEXT
: Disable transmit
: Enable receive
JMP.B
NEXT:
BEST
3,00BBh
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 243 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.7 A/D Converter
• Write to each bit (other than bit 6) in the ADCON0 register, each bit in the ADCON1 register, or the
SMP bit in the ADCON2 register when the A/D conversion stops (before a trigger occurs).
When the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register is changed from “0” (VREF not connected) to “1”
(VREF connected), wait for at least 1µs or longer before the A/D conversion starts.
• When changing A/D operating mode, select an analog input pin again.
• When using in one-shot mode. Ensure that the A/D conversion is completed and read the AD
register. The IR bit in the ADIC register or the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register can determine
whether the A/D conversion is completed.
• When using In repeat mode, use the undivided main clock for the CPU clock.
• If setting the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to “0” (A/D conversion stops) by a program and the A/
D conversion is forcibly terminated during the A/D conversion operation, the conversion result of the
A/D converter will be indeterminate. If the ADST bit is set to “0” by a program, do not use the value of
AD register.
• Connect 0.1µF capacitor between the AVCC/VREF pin and AVSS pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 244 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.8 Flash Memory Version
20.8.1 CPU Rewrite Mode
20.8.1.1 Operating Speed
Before entering CPU rewrite mode (EW0 mode), select 5MHz or below for the CPU clock using the
CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. This usage note is not
needed for EW1 mode.
20.8.1.2 Instructions Inhibited Against Use
The following instructions cannot be used in EW0 mode because the flash memory internal data is
referenced: UND, INTO, and BRK instructions.
20.8.1.3 Interrupts
Table 20.1 lists the Interrupt in EW0 Mode and Table 20.2 lists the Interrupt in EW1 Mode.
Table 20.1
Interrupt in EW0 Mode
When maskable
When watchdog timer, oscillation stop detection and
voltage monitor 2 interrupt request are acknowledged
Mode
Status
interrupt request is
acknowledged
EW0 During automatic Any interrupt can be Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, the auto-
erasing
used by allocating a programming or auto-erasing is forcibly stopped
vector to RAM
immediately and resets the flash memory. An interrupt
process starts after the fixed period and the flash
memory restarts. Since the block during the auto-erasing
or the address during the auto-programming is forcibly
stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the
auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-erasing is
completed normally.
Automatic writing
Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the
command operation, the interrupt request may be
generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly.
NOTES:
1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the
address match interrupt is allocated on ROM.
2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed
vector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 245 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
Table 20.2
Interrupt in EW1 Mode
When watchdog timer, oscillation stop
detection and voltage monitor 2 interrupt
request are acknowledged
Mod
e
When maskable interrupt request
is acknowledged
Status
EW1 During automatic The auto-erasing is suspended
erasing (erase- after td(SR-ES) and the interrupt
suspend function process is executed. The auto-
is enabled)
Once an interrupt request is acknowledged,
the auto-programming or auto-erasing is
forcibly stopped immediately and resets the
erasing can be restarted by setting flash memory. An interrupt process starts
the FMR41 bit in the FMR4 after the fixed period and the flash memory
register to “0”(erase restart) after restarts. Since the block during the auto-
the interrupt process completes.
During automatic The auto-erasing has a priority
erasing (erase- and the interrupt request
suspend function acknowledgement is waited. The
erasing or the address during the auto-
programming is forcibly stopped, the
normal value may not be read. Execute the
auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-
erasing is completed normally.
Since the watchdog timer does not stop
during the command operation, the
interrupt request may be generated. Reset
the watchdog timer regularly using the
erase-suspend function.
is disabled)
interrupt process is executed after
the auto-erasing completes. Refer
to 20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request
Generation during Auto-erase
Operation in EW1 Mode.
Auto
programming
The auto-programming has a
priority and the interrupt request
acknowledgement is waited. The
interrupt process is executed after
the auto-programming completes.
NOTES:
1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the
address match interrupt is allocated on ROM.
2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed
vector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 246 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.8.1.4 How to Access
Write “0” to the corresponding bits before writing “1” when setting the FMR01, FMR02, or FMR11 bit
to “1”. Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and “1”.
20.8.1.5 Rewriting User ROM Area
In EW0 Mode, if the power supply voltage drops while rewriting any block in which the rewrite control
program is stored, the flash memory may not be able to be rewritten because the rewrite control
program cannot be rewritten correctly. In this case, use standard serial I/O mode.
20.8.1.6 Program
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
20.8.1.7 Reset Flash Memory
When setting the FMSTP bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (flash memory stops) during erase-suspend
in EW1 mode, a CPU stops and cannot return. Do not set the FMSTP bit to “1”.
20.8.1.8 Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode
Do not enter stop mode or wait mode during erase-suspend.
20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request Generation during Auto-erase Operation in EW1
Mode
When an interrupt request is generated during erasing with FMR01 = 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled)
in FMR0 register, FMR11 = 1 (EW1 mode) in FMR1 register and FMR40 = 0 (disable erase suspend
function) in FMR4 register, the CPU may not operate properly.
Select any of the following 3 processes as a software countermeasure:
(a) Disable an interrupt by setting the priority level of all maskable interrupts to level 0. Note that
disabling the interrupts by the I flag will not be in the software countermeasure
(b) Set the FMR40 = 1 (enable erase suspend function) and the I flag = 1 (enable interrupt) when
using the FMR11 = 1 (EW1 mode)
(c) Use EW0 mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 247 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
20.Precautions
20.9 Noise
20.9.1 Insert a bypass capacitor between VCC and VSS pins as the
countermeasures against noise and latch-up
Connect the bypass capacitor (at least 0.1µF) using the shortest and thickest as possible.
20.9.2 Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers
During severe noise testing, mainly power supply system noise, and introduction of external noise,
the data of port related registers may be changed.
As a firmware countermeasure, it is recommended to periodically reset the port registers, port
direction registers and pull-up control registers. However, examine fully before introducing the reset
routine as conflicts may be created between this reset routine and interrupt routines.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 248 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
21. Precaution for On-chip Debugger
21. Precaution for On-chip Debugger
When using the on-chip debugger to develop the R8C/14 and R8C/15 groups program and debug, pay the
following attention.
(1) Do not use from OC000h address to OC7FFh because the on-chip debugger uses these addresses.
(2) Do not set the address match interrupt (the registers of AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector
tables) in a user system.
(3) Do not use the BRK instruction in a user system.
(4) The stack pointer with up to 8 bytes is used during the user program break. Therefore, save space
of 8 bytes for the stack area.
Connecting and using the on-chip debugger has some peculiar restrictions. Refer to each on-chip debugger
manual for on-chip debugger details.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 249 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
JEITA Package Code
RENESAS Code
PLSP0020JB-A
Previous Code
20P2F-A
MASS[Typ.]
0.1g
P-LSSOP20-4.4x6.5-0.65
11
20
NOTE)
F
1. DIMENSIONS "*1" AND "*2"
DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH.
2. DIMENSION "*3" DOES NOT
INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET.
1
10
Index mark
A2
A1
Dimension in Millimeters
Reference
Symbol
*2
D
Min Nom Max
D
E
6.4 6.5 6.6
4.3 4.4 4.5
1.15
A2
A
1.45
0.1 0.2
0
A1
bp
c
*3
bp
e
0.17 0.22 0.32
Detail F
y
0.2
10°
0.13 0.15
0°
HE
e
6.2 6.4 6.6
0.53 0.65 0.77
0.10
y
L
0.3 0.5 0.7
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 250 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging
Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator
Appendix Figure 2.1 shows the Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806) and Appendix
Figure 2.2 shows the Connecting Example with Emulator E8 (R0E000080KCE00).
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
1
2
(2)
TXD
(3)
3
RESET
Connect Oscillation
Circuit(1)
VSS
4
5
VCC
6
7
8
MODE
9
10
10
TXD
7
1
VSS
VCC
RXD
4
M16C Flash Starter
(M3A-0806)
(2)
RXD
NOTES:
1. Need to connect an oscillation circuit, even when operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
2. For development tools only.
3. Connect the external reset circuit.
Appendix Figure 2.1
Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
1
2
3
Connect Oscillation
Circuit(1)
4
User Reset Signal
5
VSS
VCC
6
7
8
9
4.7kΩ
13
14
12
10
8
10
RESET
MODE
7
MODE
VCC
6
4
2
VSS
NOTES:
Emulator E8
(R0E000080KCE00)
1. No need to connect an oscillation circuit when
operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix Figure 2.2
Connecting Example with Emulator E8 (R0E000080KCE00)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 251 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix Figure 3.1 shows the Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit.
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
1
2
3
RESET
VSS
4
Connect
Oscillation
Circuit
5
VCC
6
7
8
9
10
NOTES:
1. Set a program before evaluating.
Appendix Figure 3.1
Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 252 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Register Index
Register Index
A
P
U
AD ..........................................171 P1 ..........................................184 U0BRG ...................................127
ADCON0 .................................170 P3 ..........................................184 U0C0 ......................................128
ADCON1 .................................170 P4 ..........................................184 U0C1 ......................................129
ADCON2 .................................171 PD1 ........................................184 U0MR .....................................128
ADIC ........................................61 PD3 ........................................184 U0RB ......................................127
AIER .........................................77 PD4 ........................................184 U0TB ......................................127
PM0 ..........................................35 UCON .....................................129
PM1 ..........................................36
PRCR .......................................55
C
V
PREX .......................................86
CM0 .........................................40
PREZ ......................................100
CM1 .........................................41
CMP0IC ....................................61
CMP1IC ....................................61
CSPR .......................................80
VCA1 ........................................28
VCA2 ........................................28
VW1C .......................................29
VW2C .......................................30
PUM .......................................101
PUR0 ......................................185
PUR1 ......................................185
R
D
W
RMAD0 .....................................77
RMAD1 .....................................77
DRR .......................................185
WDC .........................................79
WDTR .......................................80
WDTS .......................................80
F
S
FMR0 .....................................200
FMR1 .....................................201
FMR4 .....................................201
S0RIC .......................................61
S0TIC .......................................61
SSCRH ...................................142
SSCRL ...................................143
SSER .....................................145
SSMR .....................................144
H
HRA0 .......................................43 SSMR2 ...................................147
HRA1 .......................................44 SSRDR ...................................148
HRA2 .......................................44 SSSR .....................................146
SSTDR ...................................148
SSUAIC ....................................61
I
T
INT0F .......................................69
INT0IC ......................................62
INT1IC ......................................61 TC ..........................................117
INT3IC ......................................61 TCC0 ......................................118
INTEN ......................................69 TCC1 ......................................119
TCIC .........................................61
TCOUT ...................................120
TCSS ................................86, 102
K
TM0 ........................................117
TM1 ........................................117
TX ............................................86
KIEN .........................................75
KUPIC ......................................61
TXIC .........................................61
TXMR .......................................85
TZIC .........................................61
O
OCD .........................................42 TZMR .......................................99
OFS .................................79, 196 TZOC .....................................101
TZPR ......................................100
TZSC ......................................100
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006 Page 253 of 253
REJ09B0164-0210
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
Date
Page
0.10
0.20
0.30
May 17, 2004
Jul 12, 2004
−
−
First Edition issued
Rev.0.20 issued
Aug 06, 2004 all pages Words standardized (on-chip oscillator, serial interface, SSU)
2
3
9
Table 1.1 revised
Table 1.2 revised
Table 1.5 revised
Table 1.6 added
10
14,15 “Address Break” in Figures 3.1 and 3.2 ; notes added
16
18
19
Table 4.1, HRA2 Register at 0022h added ; NOTE2 to 6 revised
Table 4.3 the value after reset to FFh at 009Ch to 009Fh revised
Tabel 4.4, the value after reset to FFh at 009Ch to 009Fh revised ;
NOTES added
20-25 Compositions and contents of “5. Reset” modified
26-35 Compositions and contents of “6. Voltage Detection Circuit” modified
37
40
41
42
44
47
48
Figure 7.2, function of b0 revised
Figure 9.1 revised
Figure 9.2, “System” at CM06 bit added
Figure 9.3, “System” at CM16 and CM17 bits added
Figure 9.5 revised
9.2.2, “The oscillation starts...HRA2 registers” added
9.3.1 added
9.3.3 “The clock...divided-by-i”added
Table 9.4 revised
11.1.3.4, “Address Break Interrup” added ; the referred distination to “20.
On-Chip Debugger” revised
52
60
61
62
68
72
74
75
Table 11.1, some referred distinations revised
Table 11.2, some referred distinations revised
Figures 11.7 and 11.8 added
11.2.1, “The INT0 pin...timer Z” added
11.2.3, “The INT0 pin...CNTR01 pin” added
11.2.4, “The INT3 pin is used with the TCIN pin” added
80-84 Compositions and contents of “12. Watchdog Timer” modified
87
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
97
98
99
100
105
107
Figure 13.2 revised
Table 13.2 revised
Table 13.3 revised
Figure 13.5 revised
Table 13.4 revised
Figure 13.6 revised
Table 13.5 revised
Figure 13.7 revised
Table 13.6 revised
Figure 13.9 revised
Figure 13.10 revised
13.2 revised
Table 13.7 revised
Table 13.8 revised
C - 1
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
0.30
Date
Page
Aug 06, 2004
110
112
114
118
119
121
123
125
130
131
136
138
140
141
143
144
146
148
152
154
159
162
164
165
167
171
174
175
176
178
179
180
184
185
186
188
89
Table 13.9 revised
Figure 13.20 revised
Table 13.10 revised
Figure 13.25 revised
Figure 13.26 revised
Figure 13.28 revised
Table 13.11 revised
Table 13.12 revised
Figure 14.4 revised
Figure 14.5 revised
14.1.3 revised
Table 14.5, NOTES revised
Figure 14.10 revised ; 14.2.1 “input” added
14.2.2 added
Figure 15.1 revised
Figure 15.2 revised
Figure 15.4 revised
Figure 15.6 revised
Figure 15.9 revised
15.3 revised
Figure 15.14 revised
15.6 revised
15.6.2 revised
Figure 15.18 revised
Figure 15.19 revised
Figure 16.2 revised
Figure 16.4 revised
Table 16.3 revised
Figure 16.5 revised
17.1.4 revised
Figure 17.1 revised
Figure 17.2 revised
Figure 17.8 revised
Table 17.1 revised
Table 18.1 revised
18.2 revised
Figure 18.2, NOTES revised
Figure 18.3 ID5 and 6 revised
18.3.2 revised ; “After Reset” revised to “Before Shipment”
18.4.1 and 18.4.2 revised
18.4.2.11 and 18.4.2.12 revised
Figure 18.5 revised
Figure 18.6 revised
Figure 18.9 revised
Table 18.6 revised
190
191
193
195
196
198
204
210-223 “19. Electrical Characteristics” added
230
240
21.1 “Stop Mode and Wait Mode” revised
21.7.1.8 revised
21.7.1.9 added
244
247
“Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator” added
“Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit” added
C - 2
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
1.00
Date
Page
Feb 25, 2005
2-3
5
6
7-8
16
Tables 1.1 and 1.2 revised
Table 1.3 and figure 1.2 revised
Table 1.4 and figure 1.3 revised
Figures 1.4 and 1.5 revised
Tabel 4.1, The value after reset to 000XXXXXb to 00011111b at 000Fh;
and the value after reset to 00001000b to 0000X000b and 01001001b to
0100X001b at 0036h revised
Tabel 4.3, The value after reset to 0000h at 009Ch to 009Dh revised;
NOTES2 added, and the value after reset to 00h at 00BCh revised
Figure 5.1 revised
18
20
22
24
5.1.1 (2) and 5.1.2 (4) revised
5.2 revised
Figure 5.6 revised
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
39
40
41
42
44
51
52
55
5.3 revised
Table 6.1 revised
Figures 6.1 and 6.2 revised
Figure 6.4 revised
Figure 6.5 revised
Figure 6.6 revised
6.1.1 revised
Table 6.2 and figure 6.7 revised
Table 6.3 revised
Figure 6.8 revised
Figure 7.2 revised
Table 9.1 revised; NOTE2 added
Figure 9.1 revised
Figure 9.2 revised
Figure 9.3 revised
Figure 9.5 revised
Table 9.3 revised
Table 9.4 revised
9.5 and 9.5.1 revised
Table 9.5 revised
60
61
68
71
11.1.3.5 revised
Table 11.1 revised
11.1.6.7 revised
Figure 11.11 “INTEN Register” revised
78-79 11.4 “Address Match Interrupt”, Table 11.6, 11.7 and Figure 11.19 added
81
83
Figure 12.2 “WDC Register” revised
Table 12.1 revised
89-96 Table 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5 and 13.6 revised; “Write to Timer” revised
104 Table 13.7 revised
106-113 Table 13.8, 13.9 and 13.10 revised
118
126
129
130
131
137
Figure 13.26 revised
Figure 14.1 revised
Figure 14.4 “U0C0 Register” revised
Figure 14.5 “UCON Register” revised
14.1 revised
Table 14.6 revised
C - 3
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Table 15.1 NOTE2 added
Figure 15.4 NOTES added
Figure 15.6 revised; The value after reset to 00h
Figure 15.8 revised
15.2 revised; “15.2 SS Shift Register” added and 15.2 revised to 15.5.2
Figure 15.13 NOTE2 added
Figure 15.14 revised
Rev.
1.00
Date
Page
Feb 25, 2005
141
145
147
149
152
157
158
160
162
163
164
168
169
15.5.4 revised
15.6 revised
Figure 15.17 revised
15.6.2 revised
15.6.4 revised
Table 16.1 revised
171-176 Figures 16.2, 16.4 and 16.5 revised
178
185
17.1, 17.2 and 17.3 revised; Tables 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3 added
Table 17.4 revised
Figure 17.9 added
188-189 Figures 18.1 and 18.2 revised
191
192
202
207
211
212
213
214
215
18.3.2 revised
Table 18.3 revised
Figure 18.12 revised
Figure 18.14 revised
Table 19.3 revised
Table 19.4 and 19.5 revised
Figure 19.2, Tables 19.6 and 19.7 revised
Tables 19.8 and 19.9 revised
Table 19.10, 19.11 revised and Table 19.12 added
216-218 Figures 19.4, 19.5 and 19.6 added
219
220
Table 19.13 revised
Table 19.14 revised
221, 225 Table 19.16 and 19.23 revised: Table title ”INT2” → “INT1”
223
224
227
232
233
235
236
239
241
242
243
Table 19.20 NOTE revised
Table 19.21 revised
20.1.1 and 20.1.2 revised
20.4.2 revised
20.4.3 revised
20.6 added
20.7 revised
20.8.1.7 and 20.8.1.8 revised
“20. On-chip Debugger” deleted
Appendix Package Dimensions revised
Appendix Figure 2.1 revised; “USB Flash Writer” deleted and “M16C
Flash Starter” NOTE3 added
C - 4
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
1
2
3
1. Overview; “20-pin plastic molded LSSOP or SDIP” → “20-pin plastic
molded LSSOP” revised
Table 1.1 Performance Outline of the R8C/14 Group;
Package:
Table 1.2 Performance Outline of the R8C/15 Group;
Package: “20-pin plastic molded SDIP” deleted,
Flash Memory: (Data area) → (Data flash)
(Program area) → (Program ROM) revised
“20-pin plastic molded SDIP” deleted
4
Figure 1.1 Block Diagram;
“Peripheral Function” added,
“System Clock Generation” → “System Clock Generator” revised
5, 6
Table 1.3 Product Information of R8C/14 Group,
Table 1.4 Product Information of R8C/15 Group; revised.
Figure 1.2 Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/14 Group,
Figure 1.3 Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/15 Group;
Package type: “DD : PRDP0020BA-A” deleted
8
Figure 1.5 PRDP0020BA-A Package Pin Assignment (top view) deleted
Table 1.5 Pin Description;
Timer C: “CMP0_0 to CMP0_3, CMP1_0 to CMP1_3” →
“CMP0_0 to CMP0_2, CMP1_0 to CMP1_2” revised
10
12
Figure 2.1 CPU Register;
“Reserved Area” → “Reserved Bit” revised
2.8.10 Reserved Area;
“Reserved Area” → “Reserved Bit” revised
13
14
15
Figure 3.1 Memory Map of R8C/14 Group revised
3.2 R8C/15 Group, Figure 3.2 Memory Map of R8C/15 Group revised
Table 4.1 SFR Information(1);
0009h:
000Ah:
001Eh:
“XXXXXX00b” → “00h”
“00XXX000b” → “00h”
“XXXXX000b” → “00h”
17
Table 4.3 SFR Information(3);
0085h:
0086h:
0087h:
008Ch:
008Dh:
“Prescaler Z” → “Prescaler Z Register”
“Timer Z Secondary” → “Timer Z Secondary Register”
“Timer Z Primary” → “Timer Z Primary Register”
“Prescaler X” → “Prescaler X Register”
“Timer X” → “Timer X Register”
0090h, 0091h:“Timer C” → “Timer C Register” revised
20
23
Figure 5.3 Reset Sequence revised
5.2 Power-On Reset Function;
“When a capacitor is connected to ... 0.8VCC or more.” added
29
30
Figure 6.5 VW1C Register revised
Figure 6.6 VW2C Register NOTE10 added
C - 5
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
32
33
37
Table 6.2 Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit
revised
Table 6.3 Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage
Monitor 2 Reset Associated Bit revised
Table 8.2 Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/15 Group added,
Table 8.3 Access Unit and Bus Operation;
“SFR” → “SFR, Data flash”,
“ROM/RAM” → “ROM (Program ROM), RAM” revised
38
39
40
42
43
45
Table 9.1 Specification of Clock Generation Circuit NOTE2 deleted
Figure 9.1 Clock Generation Circuit revised
Figure 9.2 CM0 Register NOTE2 revised
Figure 9.4 OCD Register NOTES 3, 4 revised
Figure 9.5 HRA0 Register NOTE2 revised
9.1 Main Clock;
“After reset, ...” → “During reset and after reset, ...” revised
46
9.2.1 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock;
“The application ... to accommodate the frequency range.” →
“The application ... for the frequency change.”
47
48
9.3.2 CPU Clock;
“When changing the clock source ... the OCD2 bit.” deleted
9.4.1 Normal Operating Mode;
“... into three modes” → “... into four modes” revised
Table 9.2 Setting and Mode of Clock Associated Bit revised
49
9.4.1.1 High-Speed Mode, 9.4.1.2 Medium-Speed Mode;
“Set the CM06 bit to “1” ... on-chip oscillator mode.” deleted
9.4.1.3 High-Speed, Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode;
“9.4.1.3 On-Chip Oscillator Mode” → “9.4.1.3 High-Speed, Low-Speed
On-Chip Oscillator Mode” revised,
“Set the CM06 bit to “1” ... high-speed and medium-speed.” deleted
52
Figure 9.8 State Transition to Stop and Wait Modes;
“Figure 9.8 State Transition to Stop and Wait Modes” → “Figure 9.8
State Transition of Power Control” revised
Figure 9.9 State Transition in Normal Operating Mode deleted
53
54
9.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function;
“• This function cannot ... is 2 MHz or below. ...” →
“• This function cannot ... is below 2 MHz. ...” revised
Figure 9.9 Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-
Chip Oscillator to Main Clock revised
55
68
69
Figure 10.1 PRCR Register “00XXX000b” → ”00h” revised
Figure 11.10 Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level NOTE1 deleted
Figure 11.11 INTEN and INT0F Registers;
INT0F Register “XXXXX000b” → ”00h” revised
C - 6
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
76
11.4 Address Match Interrupt;
“... , do not use an address match interrupt in a user system.” →
“... , do not set an address match interrupt (the registers of AIER,
RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) in a user system.”
revised
77
79
Figure 11.19 AIER, RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers;
AIER Register revised
Figure 12.2 OFS and WDC Registers;
• Option Function Select Register NOTE1 revised, NOTE2 added
• Watchdog Timer Control Register NOTE1 deleted
83
Table 13.1 Functional Comparison of Timers;
“Decrement” → “Increment”
84
87
Figure 13.1 Block Diagram of Timer X revised
Table 13.2 Specification of Timer Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function”
Pin Function” revised
→ “INT10/CNTR00, INT11/CNTR01
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”
→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
88
Table 13.3 Specification of Pulse Output Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function” → “INT10/CNTR00 Pin Function”
revised
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”
→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
• NOTE1 added
90, 92, 95 Table 13.4 Specification of Event Counter Mode,
Table 13.5 Specification of Pulse Width Measurement Mode,
Table 13.6 Specification of Pulse Period Measurement Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function”
Pin Function” revised
→ “INT10/CNTR00, INT11/CNTR01
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”
→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
98
Figure 13.11 Block Diagram of Timer Z;
“Peripheral Data Bus” → “Data Bus” revised
101
Figure 13.14 TZOC and PUM Registers;
Timer Z Output Control Register “Stops counting” → “One-shot stops”,
“Starts counting” → “One-shot starts” revised
C - 7
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
103
Table 13.7 Specification of Timer Mode;
“• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter
when the following count source is input) while the TZWC bit is set to
“0” (writing to the reload register and counter simultaneously).” →
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
108, 112 Table 13.9 Specification of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode,
Table 13.10 Specification of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation
Mode Specifications;
Count Operation; “• When a count completes, ...” → “• When a count
stops, ...” revised
112
Table 13.10 Specification of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation
Mode Specifications;
NOTE1, 2, 3 revised
116
123
124
Figure 13.25 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit revised
Table 13.12 Specification of Output Compare Mode NOTE1 revised
Figure 13.31 Operating Example of Timer C in Output Compare Mode
revised
127
128
136
169
Figure 14.3 U0TB, U0RB and U0BRG Registers;
U0TB and U0RB Registers revised, U0BRG Register NOTE3 added
Figure 14.4 U0MR and U0C0 Registers;
U0C0 Register NOTE1 added
Table 14.5 Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode;
U0BRG: “−“
→ “0 to 7” revised
Figure 16.1 Block Diagram of A/D Converter “Vref“
→
“Vcom” revised
170, 173, Figure 16.2 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers,
175
Figure 16.4 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-Shot Mode,
Figure 16.5 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat Mode;
ADCON0 Register revised
176 to Figure 16.6 Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion revised and
178
16.4 A/D Conversion Cycles to 16.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit added
180, 181 Figure 17.1 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (1),
Figure 17.2 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2); NOTE1 added
182
184
Figure 17.3 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3) NOTE4 added
Figure 17.5 PD1, PD3 and PD4 Registers,
Figure 17.6 P1, P3 and P4 Registers; NOTE1, 2 revised
185
Figure 17.7 PUR0 and PUR1 Registers revised
186 to 17.4 Port setting added, Table 17.4 Port P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0 Setting
189
to Table 17.17 Port P4_5/INT0 Setting added
191
Table 18.1 Flash Memory Version Performance;
Program and Erase Endurance: (Program area) → (Program ROM),
(Data area) → (Data flash) revised
C - 8
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
193
18.2 Memory Map;
“The user ROM ... area ... Block A and B.” →
“The user ROM ... area (program ROM) ... Block A and B (data flash).”
revised
Figure 18.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/14 Group revised
194
196
200
201
202
203
Figure 18.2 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/15 Group revised
Figure 18.4 OFS Register; NOTE1 revised, NOTE2 added
Figure 18.5 FMR0 Register; NOTE6 revised
Figure 18.6 FMR1 and FMR4 Registers; FMR4 Register NOTE2 revised
Figure 18.7 Timing on Suspend Operation added
Figure 18.8 How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode and Figure 18.9 How to Set
and Exit EW1 Mode revised
208
211
Figure 18.13 Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend
Function) revised
Figure 18.14 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error
revised
212 to 18.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode revised
213
214
Figure 18.15 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3;
Figure title revised
215
Figure 18.16 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode → Figure 18.16
Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2 revised,
Figure 18.17 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3 added
219
220
Table 19.4 Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics;
• NOTES 1 to 7 added
• “Topr” = “Ambient temperature”
Table 19.5 Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical
Characteristics;
• revised
• “Topr” = “Ambient temperature”
221
222
Figure 19.2 Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend
revised
Table 19.8 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Voltage
Monitor 1 Reset ) NOTE2 revised.
Table 19.12 Timing Requirements of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O
(SSU) with Chip Select revised.
223
224
225
227
Table 19.10 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical
Characteristics revised
Figure 19.4 I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip
Select (Master) revised
Figure 19.5 I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O (SSU) with Chip
Select (Slave) revised
Table 19.13 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5V] revised
C - 9
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware
Description
Summary
Rev.
2.00
Date
Page
Jan 12, 2006
228
229
Table 19.14 Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5V] NOTE1 deleted
Table 19.18 Serial Interface;
“35” → “50”, “80” → “50”
231
232
233
Table 19.20 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3V] revised
Table 19.21 Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3V] NOTE1 deleted
Table 19.25 Serial Interface;
“55” → “70”, “160” → “80”
239
240
241
20.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function;
“Since ... is 2MHz or below, ..” → “Since ... is below 2 MHz, ..” revised
20.3.2 Oscillation Circuit Constants added
20.4.2 Precautions on Timer X;
‘• ... When writing “1” (count starts) to ... writing “1” to the TXS bit.’ →
‘• ... “0” (count stops) can be ... after the TXS bit is set to “1”.’ revised
20.4.3 Precautions on Timer Z;
• “• In programmable ... “0” and the timer ...” →
“• In programmable ... “0” (stops counting) or setting the TZOS bit in
the TZOC register to “0” (stops one-shot), the timer ...” revised
• ‘• ... When writing “1” (count starts) to ... writing “1” to the TZS bit.’
→
‘• ... “0” (count stops) can be ... after the TZS bit is set to “1”.’ revised
246
247
Table 20.2 Interrupt in EW1 Mode revised
20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request Generation During Auto-erase Operation in
EW1 Mode added
249
250
21. Precaution for On-chip Debugger (2) revised, (4) added
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions;
Package “PRDP0020BA-A” deleted
251
Appendix Figure 2.1 Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter
(M3A-0806);
• NOTE1 revised
• Pulled up added
2.10
Jan 19, 2006
223
Table 19.10 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical
Characteristics;
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency Temperature • Supplay
Voltage Dependence 0 to +60 °C / 5 V ± 5 % Standard Max.
“8.16” → “8.56”
247
20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request Generation during Auto-erase Operation in
EW1 Mode; (b) revised
C - 10
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group Hardware Manual
Publication Data : Rev.0.10 May 17, 2004
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
Published by : Sales Strategic Planning Div.
Renesas Technology Corp.
© 2006. Renesas Technology Corp., All rights reserved. Printed in Japan
R8C/14 Group, R8C/15 Group
Hardware Manual
2-6-2, Ote-machi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo,100-0004, Japan
相关型号：
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明